VIRTUAL OPEN NETWORK ENVIRONMENT CORP
S-1/A, 1996-07-19
COMPUTERS & PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT & SOFTWARE
Previous: KVH INDUSTRIES INC \DE\, S-8, 1996-07-19
Next: JJFN SERVICES INC, 10-K, 1996-07-19



<PAGE>   1
 
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 19, 1996
    
 
   
                                                              FILE NO. 333-06535
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               ------------------
 
                                    FORM S-1
   
                                 PRE-EFFECTIVE
    
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
   
                                       TO
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               ------------------
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                                    DELAWARE
                        (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF
                         INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
   
                                      7372
    
                          (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL
                          CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)
 
                                   52-1953278
                                (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
                              IDENTIFICATION NO.)
 
                      1803 RESEARCH BOULEVARD - SUITE 305
                           ROCKVILLE, MARYLAND 20850
                                 (301) 838-8900
   
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
    
                               ------------------
 
                                 JAMES F. CHEN
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
                      1803 RESEARCH BOULEVARD - SUITE 305
                           ROCKVILLE, MARYLAND 20850
                                 (301) 838-8900
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                               ------------------
 
                                    Copy to:
 
                             ALAN J. BERKELEY, ESQ.
                               CARY J. MEER, ESQ.
                             KATHY L. KRESCH, ESQ.
                           SIDNEY R. SMITH, III, ESQ.
                           KIRKPATRICK & LOCKHART LLP
                        1800 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE, N.W.
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036
   
                             STUART M. CABLE, ESQ.
                          GOODWIN, PROCTER & HOAR LLP
                                 EXCHANGE PLACE
                                BOSTON, MA 02109
 
                               ------------------
    
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
   
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /
    
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PROPOSED
                                                                    PROPOSED        MAXIMUM
                                                                    MAXIMUM        AGGREGATE       AMOUNT OF
             TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF               AMOUNT TO BE   OFFERING PRICE     OFFERING      REGISTRATION
          SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED            REGISTERED(1)    PER SHARE(2)      PRICE(2)         FEE(3)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Common Stock, $.001 par value...................    2,645,000        $10.00       $26,450,000      $9,121.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Includes 345,000 shares of Common Stock that the Underwriters have the
    option to purchase solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
    
(2) Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee,
    pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
   
(3) $8,993.00 of this amount was previously paid upon the initial filing of the
    Registration Statement on Form S-1.
    
                               ------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                               ------------------
 
   
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NUMBER OF CAPTION                                           LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
<C>   <S>                                                 <C>
  1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and
        Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus.........   Outside Front Page of Registration
                                                            Statement; Outside Front Cover Page
                                                            of Prospectus;
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
        Prospectus.....................................   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
                                                            Pages of Prospectus
  3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors; and Ratio of
        Earnings to Fixed Charges......................   Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors;
                                                            Selected Financial Data
  4.  Use of Proceeds..................................   Use of Proceeds
  5.  Determination of Offering Price..................   Underwriting
  6.  Dilution.........................................   Dilution
  7.  Selling Security Holders.........................   Selling Shareholders
  8.  Plan of Distribution.............................   Outside Front Cover Page of
                                                          Prospectus; Underwriting
  9.  Description of Securities to be Registered.......   Outside Front Cover Page of
                                                          Prospectus; Prospectus Summary;
                                                            Dividend Policy; Capitalization;
                                                            Description of Capital Stock
 10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...........   Not Applicable
 11.  Information with Respect to Registrant...........   Prospectus Summary; Dividend Policy;
                                                            Selected Financial Data;
                                                            Management's Discussion of
                                                            Financial Condition and Results of
                                                            Operations; Business; Management;
                                                            Principal Shareholders; Certain
                                                            Transactions; Description of
                                                            Capital Stock; Shares Eligible for
                                                            Future Sales; Financial Statements
 12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
        Indemnification for Securities Act
        Liabilities....................................   Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
 
     INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
     MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
     THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
     SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
     OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 19, 1996
    
 
PROSPECTUS
dated        , 1996
 
   
                                2,300,000 SHARES
    
 
                                     [logo]
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
   
                                  COMMON STOCK
    
 
   
All of the 2,300,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (the "Offering") are
being issued and sold by V-ONE Corporation ("V-ONE" or the "Company").
    
 
   
Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of
the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
will be between $8.00 and $10.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for a discussion
of the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price. The
Company has applied for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "VONE."
    
 
   
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
    
 
   
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
    
   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                  <C>                  <C>
                                       PRICE TO           UNDERWRITING          PROCEEDS TO
                                        PUBLIC             DISCOUNT(1)          COMPANY(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share........................           $                   $                    $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3).........................           $                   $                    $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company and certain shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
 
   
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $650,000.
    
 
   
(3) The Company and certain shareholders have granted the Underwriters a 30-day
    option to purchase up to 345,000 additional shares of Common Stock solely to
    cover over-allotments, if any, at the per share Price to Public less
    Underwriting Discount. If the Underwriters exercise this option in full, the
    total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be
    $     , $     and $     , respectively. See "Underwriting."
    
 
   
The shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriters subject to prior sale
when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to
their right to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that
certificates for such shares will be available for delivery at the offices of
Piper Jaffray Inc. in Minneapolis, Minnesota on or about        , 1996.
    
PIPER JAFFRAY INC.                                        VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
<PAGE>   4
 
   
     [Description of graphic: This graphic is a two-page foldout that describes
a typical enterprise network secured by V-ONE's technology products. This
diagram describes the functional aspects, not the technical components, of a
typical enterprise network. Actual physical network hardware components are not
described. The network consists of 3 inter-connected "clouds" representing the
Internet (left-page/right-half/center); the core/central ring of the corporate
business network (right-page/left-half/top); and a representation of a remote
location] (right-page/left-half/bottom).]
    
 
   
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET, IN THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
    
 
   
     The Company intends to furnish its shareholders with annual reports
containing financial statements audited by its independent accountants and
quarterly reports for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year
containing unaudited interim financial information.
    
 
   
     The Company has registrations for the trademarks V-ONE(R) and SmartWall(R),
and has filed applications for trademark registration of, among others,
SmartCAT(TM), SmartGATE(TM) and SmartREM(TM). This Prospectus also contains
trademarks, tradenames and servicemarks of other companies.
    
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   5
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, all information
contained in this Prospectus (i) reflects the conversion of all outstanding
shares of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series A Stock")
into an aggregate of 791,011 shares of Common Stock at the closing of this
Offering (see "Description of Capital Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock"), which occurs automatically in the event the initial offering price is
at least $7.875 per share of Common Stock (see "Risk Factors -- Conversion of
Series A Stock" and "Description of Capital Stock -- Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock"), (ii) has been retroactively adjusted to reflect a 10-for-1
stock split of the Common Stock as of November 11, 1995 and a 2-for-3 reverse
stock split of the Common Stock and Series A Stock effective July 2, 1996, (iii)
assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option and (iv) assumes
the issuance of 188,705 shares of Common Stock to RSA Data Security, Inc. and
Massachusetts Institute of Technology (see "Business -- Licensing Agreements").
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     V-ONE Corporation ("V-ONE" or the "Company") develops, markets and licenses
a comprehensive suite of network security products that enable organizations to
conduct secured electronic transactions and information exchange using private
enterprise networks and public networks, such as the Internet. The Company's
suite of products address network user authentication, perimeter security,
access control and data integrity through the use of smart cards, firewalls and
encryption technology. The Company's products interoperate seamlessly and can be
combined to form a complete, integrated network security solution or can be used
as independent components in customized security solutions. The Company's
products have been designed with an open and flexible architecture to allow for
enhanced application functionality and to support future network security
standards. In addition, the Company's products enable organizations to deploy
and scale their solutions from small single-site networks to large multi-site
environments. The Company's customers include key participants in the financial
services, telecommunications and information services markets, as well as
government entities, including BancOne Corp., BayBank Systems, Inc., Fuji
Capital Markets Corporation, GE Information Services, Inc. ("GEIS"), MCI
Telecommunications Corporation ("MCI"), the National Security Agency ("NSA") and
Visa International.
    
 
   
     Organizations are increasing their dependence on public networks, such as
the Internet, and private enterprise networks using Internet protocols
("intranets") as a cost-effective means to expand enterprise networks, engage in
electronic commerce and increase information exchange. The demand for computer
network security is expected to grow significantly as a result of the increased
use of the Internet and intranets. The Yankee Group, a market research firm,
indicated that it expects the market for information security products and
services will grow at a 70% compound annual rate from $395 million in 1995 to
$5.6 billion in the year 2000.
    
 
   
     As organizations increase their use of the Internet and deploy intranets,
there is a growing need for comprehensive enterprise-wide network security
solutions. To protect an organization's data, network and computer systems, a
comprehensive network security solution requires five elements: identification
and authentication, integrity, non-repudiation, authorization and encryption. To
date, network security solutions have focused on single function or point
products that address one or a limited number of these security elements. These
products were designed with a specific function or objective; however, few were
designed to meet all of the needs of enterprise-wide network security.
    
 
   
     The Company offers a suite of products that are designed to address the
elements of a comprehensive enterprise-wide network security solution. The
Company's three major network security products are SmartGATE(TM), a
client/server product that offers identification and authentication, integrity,
non-repudiation, authorization and encryption; SmartWall(R), an application
level firewall that incorporates SmartGATE's functionality; and SmartCAT(TM), a
smart card-based product that offers authentication and encryption. In addition,
the Company provides integrated security applications software, including
SmartREM(TM), which will provide a secure environment for sending and receiving
e-mail over the Internet and intranets, and Wallet
    
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   6
 
   
Technology, a secure electronic payment system. The Company's modular suite of
products can be combined and configured to provide network perimeter security,
secure remote access and intra/inter-enterprise security, allowing its customers
to securely and easily deploy a broad range of applications and services on the
Internet and intranets.
    
 
   
     The Company's marketing strategy is to achieve broad market penetration
through multiple distribution channels, including the Company's direct sales
force, Internet service providers, systems integrators, value-added network
service providers and international distributors. In particular, the Company has
focused its direct sales efforts on certain vertical markets that require
sophisticated network security solutions, including financial services,
telecommunications and information services companies and government entities.
The Company has also established strategic relationships with marketing and
licensing partners to expand the reach of its marketing efforts. The Company
believes that these alliances provide a cost effective means by which the
Company can efficiently penetrate new markets. For example, the Company has
entered into a reseller arrangement with MCI. The Company believes that, in the
second half of 1996, MCI is planning to utilize the Company's technology to
offer a multi-purpose, secure campus card program that utilizes the Company's
technology to the college and university market. This smart card-based solution
would use the Company's SmartGATE, SmartWall and SmartCAT products and would
permit students to obtain secure access to their college or university records,
student information and campus services via the Internet. The smart cards would
also be able to include stored value for use at on- and off-campus vendors and
pay telephones.
    
 
   
     The Company was incorporated in Maryland in February 1993 and
reincorporated in Delaware in February 1996. Effective July 2, 1996, the Company
changed its name from "Virtual Open Network Environment Corporation" to "V-ONE
Corporation." The Company's principal executive offices are located at 1803
Research Boulevard, Suite 305, Rockville, Maryland 20850. The Company's
telephone number is (301) 838-8900, and its World Wide Web ("Web") address is
http://www.v-one.com. Information contained on the Company's Web site shall not
be deemed part of this Prospectus.
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company..........   2,300,000 shares
Common Stock outstanding after this                                  
  Offering...................................   11,735,243 shares(1) 
Use of proceeds..............................   For working capital and other general
                                                corporate purposes and repayment of loans.
                                                See "Use of Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.......   VONE
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) Based upon shares outstanding as of July 8, 1996. Excludes 350,959 shares of
    Common Stock that were subject to outstanding options under the Company's
    1995 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan and 970,545 shares of Common Stock that
    were subject to outstanding options under the Company's 1996 Incentive Stock
    Plan with an aggregate weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share;
    and warrants to purchase 266,666 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price
    of $4.50 per share (see "Certain Transactions").
    
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   7
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FOR THE PERIOD                                        
                                  FEBRUARY 16,                                         
                                 1993 (DATE OF                YEAR ENDED                          SIX MONTHS             
                                 INCEPTION) TO               DECEMBER 31,                       ENDED JUNE 30,           
                                  DECEMBER 31,     --------------------------------    --------------------------------  
                                      1993              1994              1995              1995              1996
                                 --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)   
<S>                              <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues....................    $     76,183      $      59,716     $   1,103,501     $     369,219     $   2,376,387
  Gross profit................          38,093             24,602           726,342           238,069         1,466,538
  Net loss....................         (35,684)          (406,288)       (1,032,311)         (213,427)       (2,660,218)
  Net loss per common
     share(1).................    $      (0.01)     $       (0.06)    $       (0.12)    $       (0.02)    $       (0.28)
  Weighted average shares
     outstanding(1)...........       5,371,510          7,286,073         8,925,726         8,594,707         9,582,063
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         JUNE 30, 1996
                                                         ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                           ACTUAL       PRO FORMA(2)    AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                         -----------    ------------    --------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital.....................................   $ 1,182,543    $  1,182,543     $ 19,783,543
  Total assets........................................     5,444,755       6,293,928       24,894,928
  Long term debt, less current portion................       106,086         106,086          106,086
  Shareholders' equity (deficit)......................    (1,590,608)      2,818,119       21,419,119
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) For a description of the computation of net loss per share and shares used
    in computing net loss per share, see Note 2 of Notes to the Financial
    Statements.
    
 
   
(2) Gives effect to conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series A Stock
    into Common Stock and the issuance of 188,705 shares of Common Stock
    currently reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of future
    royalty obligations into shares of Common Stock. See "Business -- License
    Agreements."
    
 
   
(3) Adjusted to reflect the sale of 2,300,000 shares offered hereby and the
    application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds"
    and "Capitalization."
    
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   8
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In addition to the other information included in this Prospectus, the
following risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating an
investment in the Common Stock offered by this Prospectus.
 
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
 
   
     The Company was founded in February 1993 and introduced its first product
in December 1994. Accordingly, the Company did not generate any significant
revenues until 1995 when it commenced sales of its SmartWall firewall product
and introduced its SmartGATE client/server system. Revenues for 1995 and for the
six months ended June 30, 1996 were approximately $1,104,000 and $2,376,000,
respectively. The Company's growth in recent periods may not be an accurate
indication of future results of operations in light of the Company's short
operating history, the evolving nature of the network security market and the
uncertainty of the demand for Internet and intranet products in general and the
Company's products in particular. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had
accumulated a deficit of approximately $4,135,000. The Company currently expects
to incur net losses over the next several quarters as a result of greater
operating expenses incurred to fund research and development and to increase its
sales and marketing efforts.
    
 
   
     Because of the Company's limited operating history, there can be no
assurance that the Company will achieve or sustain profitability or significant
revenues. To address these risks, the Company must, among other things, continue
its emphasis on research and development, successfully execute and implement its
marketing strategy, respond to competitive developments and seek to attract and
retain talented personnel. There can be no assurance that the Company will
successfully address these risks and the failure to do so could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
    
 
ANTICIPATED FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
   
     As a result of the Company's limited operating history, the Company does
not have historical financial data for a significant number of periods on which
to base planned operating expenses. Accordingly, the Company's expense levels
are based in part on its expectations as to future revenues. The Company's
quarterly sales and operating results generally depend on the volume and timing
of, and ability to fill, orders received within the quarter, which are difficult
to forecast. The Company may be unable to adjust spending in a timely manner to
compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall. Accordingly, any significant
shortfall of demand for the Company's products in relation to the Company's
expectations could have an immediate adverse impact on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Company plans to
increase its operating expenses to fund the rapid growth of its sales and
marketing operations, distribution channels, customer support capabilities and
research and development activities. To the extent that such expenses precede or
are not subsequently followed by increased revenues, the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely
affected.
    
 
   
     The Company expects to experience significant fluctuations in future
quarterly operating results, which may be caused by a number of factors, such as
the pricing and mix of products and services sold, the introduction of new
products by the Company and its competitors, the timing of orders and the
shipment of products, market acceptance of the Company's products, the ability
of the Company's direct sales force and resellers to market its products
successfully, the mix of distribution channels used and other factors that may
be beyond the Company's control. Thus, the Company believes that comparisons of
quarterly operating results are not meaningful and should not be relied upon,
nor will they necessarily reflect the Company's future performance. Because of
the foregoing factors, it is likely that in some future quarters the Company's
operating results will be below the expectations of public market analysts and
investors. In such event, the price of the Company's Common Stock would likely
be materially adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
CONVERSION OF SERIES A STOCK
 
   
     In the event that the initial offering price per share of Common Stock
offered hereby is not at least $7.875 per share, the Series A Stock does not
automatically convert on a one-for-one basis into shares of
    
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   9
 
   
Common Stock. In such event, the conversion ratio will be adjusted so that
shares of Series A Stock are convertible, at the option of each holder of Series
A Stock, into shares of Common Stock on a greater than one-for-one basis, which
will increase the dilution suffered by purchasers of the Common Stock offered
hereby. Further, if the holders of Series A Stock do not convert their shares
into shares of Common Stock, the Series A Stock will remain outstanding
following the consummation of the Offering. This will limit the ability of the
Company to pay dividends on the Common Stock and will further limit the rights
of the holders of Common Stock. See "Dividend Policy," "Dilution" and
"Description of Capital Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock."
    
 
COMPETITION
 
   
     The Company competes in several different network security markets:
Internet and intranet perimeter security and access control (firewalls), token
authentication, smart card-based security applications and electronic commerce
applications. The Company's principal competitors for Internet and intranet
perimeter security and access control include Advanced Network and Services (a
subsidiary of America Online, Inc.), Bay Networks, Inc., Border Network
Technologies, Inc., Check Point Software Technology Ltd., Cisco Systems, Inc.,
Digital Equipment Corporation, Harris Computer Systems Corporation,
International Business Machines Corporation, Milkyway Networks Corporation,
Morningstar Technologies, Inc., Network Systems Corporation, Raptor Systems,
Inc., Secure Computing Corporation, Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Trusted
Information Systems, Inc. ("TIS"), which owns the Gauntlet(TM) kernel and
licenses it to the Company.
    
 
   
     The Company competes to a lesser degree with token vendors because the
Company's SmartGATE product supports many vendor tokens. Token vendors include
CRYPTOCard Inc., Digital Pathways, Inc., Leemah DataCom Security Corporation,
National Semiconductor Inc., Racal-Guardata, Inc. and Security Dynamics
Technologies, Inc. ("Security Dynamics"). Security Dynamics has recently agreed
to acquire RSA Data Security, Inc. ("RSA"). RSA's data encryption and
authentication technology is licensed to and incorporated within certain
products of the Company. As a result, Security Dynamics may become a more
substantial competitor of the Company.
    
 
     For smart card-based security applications, the Company principally
competes with those token vendors listed above who offer smart card technology.
 
   
     The Company's principal competitors in electronic commerce applications are
Netscape Communication's Secure Socket Layer, Open Market Inc.'s Secure HTTP and
Cylink Corporation's transaction software. See "Business -- Competition."
    
 
   
     Because of the rapid expansion of the network security market, the Company
will face competition from existing and new entrants, possibly including the
Company's customers, suppliers or resellers. There can be no assurance that the
Company's competitors will not develop network security products that may be
more effective than the Company's current or future products or that the
Company's technologies and products would not be rendered obsolete by such
developments.
    
 
   
     Many of the Company's current and potential competitors have longer
operating histories, greater name recognition, larger installed customer bases
and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the
Company. As a result, they may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging
technologies and changes in customer requirements, or to devote greater
resources to the promotion and sale of their products than the Company. There
can be no assurance that the Company's customers will not perceive the products
of such other companies as substitutes for its products.
    
 
   
     The Company believes that the principal competitive factors affecting the
market for network security products include effectiveness, scope of product
offerings, technical features, ease of use, reliability, customer service and
support, name recognition, distribution resources and cost. Current and
potential competitors have established, or may establish in the future,
strategic alliances to increase their ability to compete for the Company's
prospective customers. Accordingly, it is possible that new competitors or
alliances may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. Such
competition could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
    
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   10
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
   
     The Company has recently experienced and may continue to experience
substantial growth in the number of its employees and the scope of its
operations, resulting in increased responsibilities for management and added
pressure on the Company's operating and financial systems. As of June 30, 1996,
the Company had grown to 57 employees, from 34 employees on January 1, 1996 and
7 employees on January 1, 1995. To manage growth effectively, the Company will
need to continue to improve its operational, financial and management
information systems and will need to hire, train, motivate and manage a growing
number of employees. Competition is intense for qualified technical, marketing
and management personnel. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to achieve or manage any future growth, and its failure to do so could
delay product development cycles and marketing efforts or otherwise have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. Although the Company is not currently involved in
negotiations for any acquisitions, the Company may undertake acquisitions in the
future. Any such transaction would place additional strains upon the Company's
management resources. See "Management" and "Business -- Employees."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON THE INTERNET AND INTRANETS
 
   
     The Company's success depends substantially upon the market acceptance of
the Internet and intranets as mediums for commerce and communication. Although
the Company believes that its software security products will facilitate and
fortify commerce and communication over the Internet and intranets, there can be
no assurance that commerce and communication over the Internet and intranets
will expand or that the Company's products will be adopted for security
purposes. In addition, the Internet may not prove to be a viable commercial
marketplace because of inadequate development of the necessary infrastructure,
such as a reliable network backbone or timely development of complementary
products and services. If the Internet and intranets do not develop as mediums
of commerce and communication or the Internet does not develop as a viable
commercial marketplace due to inadequate development of infrastructure or
complementary products and services, or for other reasons beyond the Company's
control, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations
may be materially adversely affected. See "Business -- Industry Background."
    
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE EMERGING NETWORK SECURITY MARKET
 
   
     The market for the Company's products is in an early stage of development.
The rapid development of Internet and intranet computing has increased the
ability of users to access proprietary information and resources and has
recently increased demand for network security products. Because the market for
network security products is only beginning to develop, it is difficult to
assess the size of the market, the product features desired by the market, the
optimal price structure for the Company's products, the optimal distribution
strategy and the competitive environment that will develop in this market.
Declines in demand for the Company's products, whether as a result of
competition, technological change, the public's perception of the need for
security products, developments in the hardware and software environments in
which these products operate, general economic conditions or other factors
beyond the Company's control, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition or results of operations. See
"Business -- Industry Background."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS; UNCERTAINTY OF PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE
 
   
     The Company currently generates most of its revenues from its SmartWall and
SmartGATE products. Accordingly, any factor that adversely affects sales of
these products could have a material adverse effect on the Company. While
SmartWall has met with a favorable degree of market acceptance since sales
commenced in the first quarter of 1995, there can be no assurance that SmartWall
will continue to be accepted in the future. In addition, there can be no
assurance that there will be market acceptance of the Company's SmartGATE
product, which was introduced in the fourth quarter of 1995, or any of the
Company's products that may be introduced in the future. The Company's success
will, in part, depend upon the Company's ability to design, develop and
introduce new products, services and enhancements on a timely
    
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   11
 
   
basis to meet changing customer needs, technological developments and evolving
industry standards. See "Business -- Products and Services" and "-- Product
Development."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY LICENSING AGREEMENTS, EXTERNAL RESOURCES AND SUPPLIERS
 
   
     The Company relies and intends to continue to rely on external resources
for the development of certain of its products and the components thereof. The
Company's SmartWall product incorporates TIS's Gauntlet(TM) kernel. The Company
licenses the TIS Gauntlet(TM) kernel under a license agreement with TIS that
requires the Company to pay a fee (which varies based on the number of units
licensed) for each unit of the Gauntlet(TM) kernel licensed for use in
SmartWall. The license expires on December 31, 1996; however, the agreement
provides for the automatic renewal of the Company's license rights for
successive three year terms. Either party may terminate the agreement upon the
default of the other party if the defaulting party has failed to cure the
default within 30 days of the receipt of written notice of default. See
"Business -- License Agreements."
    
 
   
     The Company's SmartCAT and Wallet Technology software incorporate data
encryption and authentication technology owned by RSA. The Company has a
perpetual license agreement with RSA, which became effective as of December 30,
1994. Either party may terminate the agreement upon the default of the other
party if the defaulting party has failed to cure the default within 30 days of
the receipt of written notice of default. RSA has announced that it will be
acquired by Security Dynamics, whose products compete with the Company's
products in the token authentication market. There can be no assurance that the
change in control of RSA will not adversely affect the Company's business
relationship with RSA, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"Business -- License Agreements."
    
 
   
     There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain its
license rights for the TIS Gauntlet(TM) kernel or the RSA data encryption and
authentication technology, and the loss of such rights could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. The Company is in the process of developing its own technology to
replace the licensed firewall technology. However, the Company's firewall
technology is in the developmental stage and, until it is tested and integrated,
the Company intends to rely on the technology licensed from TIS. The loss of, or
inability to maintain, such technology licenses could result in lost sales,
delays in delivery of the Company's current products and services or delays in
the introduction of new products and services until the Company's technology is
finally developed and tested or equivalent technology, if available, is
identified, licensed and integrated, which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations. See
"Business -- License Agreements."
    
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS; INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS
 
   
     The Company relies on trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret laws,
employee and third-party non-disclosure agreements and other methods to protect
its proprietary rights. The Company has pending three patent applications with
the United States Patent and Trademark Office that cover certain aspects of its
technology. Prosecution of these patent applications and any other patent
applications that the Company may subsequently determine to file, may require
the expenditure of substantial resources. The issuance of a patent from a patent
application may require 24 months or longer. There can be no assurance that the
Company's technology will not become obsolete while the Company's applications
for patents are pending. There also can be no assurance that any pending or
future patent application will be granted, that any future patents will not be
challenged, invalidated or circumvented or that the rights granted thereunder
will provide competitive advantages to the Company. Further, the Company has not
pursued patent protection outside of the United States for the technology
covered by two of the pending patent applications. The Company currently intends
to pursue patent protection outside of the United States for the technology
covered by the most recently filed patent application although there can be no
assurance that any such protection will be granted or, if granted, that it will
adequately protect the technology covered thereby.
    
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   12
 
   
     The Company's success is also dependent in part upon its proprietary
software technology. There can be no assurance that the Company's trade secrets
or non-disclosure agreements will provide meaningful protection for its
proprietary technology and other proprietary information. In addition, the
Company relies on "shrink wrap" license agreements that are not signed by the
end user to license the Company's products and, therefore, may be unenforceable
under the laws of certain jurisdictions. Further, there can be no assurance that
others will not independently develop similar technologies or duplicate any
technology developed by the Company or that its technology will not infringe
upon patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights owned by others.
    
 
   
     Further, the Company may be subject to additional risk as the Company
enters into transactions in countries where intellectual property laws are not
well developed or are poorly enforced. Legal protections of the Company's rights
may be ineffective in foreign markets and technology developed abroad may not be
protectable in jurisdictions in circumstances where protection is ordinarily
available in the United States.
    
 
     The Company believes that, due to the rapid pace of technological
innovation for network security products, the Company's ability to establish
and, if established, maintain a position of technology leadership in the
industry is dependent more upon the skills of its development personnel than
upon legal protections afforded its existing or future technology.
 
   
     As the number of security products in the industry increases and the
functionality of these products further overlap, software developers may become
subject to infringement claims. There can be no assurance that third parties
will not assert infringement claims against the Company in the future with
respect to current or future products. The Company also may desire or be
required to obtain licenses from others in order to develop, produce and market
commercially viable products effectively. Failure to obtain those licenses could
have a significant adverse effect on the Company's ability to market its
software security products. There can be no assurance that such licenses will be
obtainable on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, that the patents
underlying such licenses will be valid and enforceable or that the proprietary
nature of the unpatented technology underlying such licenses will remain
proprietary.
    
 
   
     The Company is aware of two pending law suits involving RSA and Cylink
Corporation ("Cylink") and Cylink's wholly owned subsidiary, Caro-Kann
Corporation ("Caro-Kann"). In the first law suit (N.D. Cal. No. C94 02332 CW)
filed in 1994, Cylink sued RSA in a declaratory judgment action seeking a
declaration from the court that U.S. Patent No. 4,405,829 ("MIT Patent"), under
which RSA is licensed, is invalid and unenforceable. RSA counterclaimed that
Cylink and Caro-Kann were infringing the MIT Patent. In a related proceeding,
Cylink and Caro-Kann initiated arbitration against RSA pursuant to the terms of
a partnership agreement among those parties. In the arbitrator's decision,
issued in September 1995, the partnership was dissolved. The arbitrators
determined that RSA does not have the right to sublicense third parties under
U.S. Patents Nos. 4,200,790, 4,218,582, and 4,424,414 ("Stanford Patents"),
under which Caro-Kann was licensed. The arbitrators stated further that, if RSA
provides code to third parties that causes an infringement of the Stanford
Patents, nothing in the arbitrator's decision would prevent Cylink and Caro-Kann
from pursuing their rights under the Stanford Patents against such third
parties. According to documents filed in the second law suit, discussed below,
Cylink sent letters to certain RSA licensees advising them that they need a
license from Cylink under the Stanford Patents to use the RSA software. RSA has
informed its customers that a sublicense to the Stanford Patents is not
necessary to practice the RSA cryptography method. In the second law suit (N.D.
Cal. C95-03256 WHO) filed September 15, 1995, RSA sued Cylink and Caro-Kann in a
declaratory judgment action seeking a declaration that the Stanford Patents are
invalid and unenforceable. Cylink and Caro-Kann have counterclaimed that RSA is
liable for direct infringement of the Stanford Patents and also is liable for
contributory infringement and inducing infringement of the Stanford Patents by
virtue of RSA's license of certain RSA software to third parties. To the best of
the Company's knowledge, both law suits are still pending. There can be no
assurances that Cylink will not initiate law suits against RSA licensees,
including the Company. In the Company's license agreement with RSA, RSA agreed
that it would, at its own expense: (i) defend, or at its option settle, any
claim, suit or proceeding against the Company, including any claim, suit or
proceeding instituted by Cylink, Caro-Kann or an entity related to either of
them, on the basis of infringement of any United States patent, copyright or
trade secret in the field of cryptography regarding the unmodified software
licensed by RSA or any claim that RSA has no right to license the software; and
(ii) pay
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   13
 
   
any final judgment or settlement entered against the Company on such issue in
any suit or proceeding defended by RSA. RSA's obligation to indemnify the
Company survives the termination of the license agreement. There can be no
assurance that the outcome of the law suits between RSA and Cylink will support
RSA's position. If the outcome of the lawsuit is adverse to RSA, there can be no
assurance that Cylink will license its technology to the Company on commercially
reasonable terms, or at all. Any royalty obligations to Cylink by the Company
would not be covered by RSA's indemnification obligation to the Company. There
also can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain or develop
alternative technology on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. See
"Business -- License Agreements" and "Business -- Patents, Proprietary
Technology, Trademarks and Licenses."
    
 
   
     Any claims or litigation, with or without merit, could be costly and could
result in a diversion of management's attention, which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. Adverse determinations in such claims or litigation could also have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Business -- Patents, Proprietary Technology,
Trademarks and Licenses."
    
 
CHANGES IN TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS; RISK OF NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTION
 
   
     The network security industry is characterized by rapid changes, including
evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions, continuing
advances in technology and changes in customer requirements and preferences.
Advances in techniques by individuals and entities seeking to gain unauthorized
access to networks could expose the Company's existing products to new and
unexpected attacks and require accelerated development of new products or
enhancements to existing products. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to counter challenges to its current products, that the Company's
future product offerings will keep pace with technological changes implemented
by competitors or persons seeking to breach network security, that its products
will satisfy evolving consumer preferences or that the Company will be
successful in developing and marketing products for any future technology.
Failure to develop and introduce new products and product enhancements in a
timely fashion could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Product
Development."
    
 
RISK OF DEFECTS AND DEVELOPMENT DELAYS
 
   
     The Company may experience schedule overruns in software development
triggered by factors such as insufficient staffing or the unavailability of
development-related software, hardware or technologies. Further, when developing
new software products, the Company's development schedules may be altered as a
result of the discovery of software bugs, performance problems or changes to the
product specification in response to customer requirements, market developments
or Company initiated changes. Changes in product specifications may delay
completion of documentation, packaging or testing, which may, in turn, affect
the release schedule of the product. When developing complex software products,
the technology market may shift during the development cycle, requiring the
Company either to enhance or change a product's specifications to meet a
customer's changing needs. These factors may cause a product to enter the market
behind schedule, which may adversely affect market acceptance of the product or
place it at a disadvantage to a competitor's product that has already gained
market share or market acceptance during the delay.
    
 
RISK OF ERRORS OR FAILURES; PRODUCT LIABILITY RISKS
 
   
     The complex nature of the Company's products can make the detection of
errors or failures in certain of its software products difficult when such
products are introduced, which may result in delays and lost revenues during the
correction process. In addition, there can be no assurance that any technology
licensed by the Company for use in its products does not contain errors that
would adversely affect such products. Despite testing by the Company and current
and prospective customers, there can be no assurance that errors will not be
discovered in new products or releases after commencement of commercial
shipments, possibly resulting in delay, adverse publicity, loss of market
acceptance and claims against the Company.
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   14
 
   
     A malfunction or the inadequate design of the Company's products could
result in tort or warranty claims. While the Company generally attempts to
reduce the risk of such losses through warranty disclaimers and liability
limitation clauses in its license agreements, there can be no assurance that
such measures will be effective in limiting the Company's liability for any such
damages. The Company also relies on "shrink wrap" license agreements that are
not signed by the end user and, therefore, may be unenforceable under the laws
of certain jurisdictions. The Company currently intends to purchase product
liability insurance and it may seek additional insurance coverage as it
commences commercialization of its products. There can be no assurance that
adequate additional insurance coverage will be available at an acceptable cost,
if at all. Any product liability claim against the Company for damages resulting
from security breaches could be substantial and could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, a well-publicized actual or perceived security breach could
adversely affect the market's perception of security products in general, or the
Company's products in particular, regardless of whether such breach is
attributable to the Company's products. This could result in a decline in demand
for the Company's products, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
    
 
EVOLVING DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS
 
   
     Currently, the Company relies primarily on its direct sales force for the
sale and marketing of its products. The Company plans to add to its internal
sales and marketing staff in order to increase its direct sales effort. There
can be no assurance that such internal expansion will be successfully completed,
that the cost of such expansion will not exceed the revenues generated or that
the Company's sales and marketing organization will successfully compete against
the more extensive and well-funded sales and marketing operations of certain of
its current and future competitors.
    
 
   
     The Company has developed a distribution strategy that involves the
development of strategic alliances with resellers and international distributors
to enable the Company to achieve broad market penetration. The Company is
beginning to establish its reseller distribution channel. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to attract resellers that will be able
to market the Company's products effectively and will be qualified to provide
timely and cost-effective customer support and service. The Company anticipates
that it will ship products to distributors and resellers on a purchase-order
basis, and its distributors and resellers will likely carry competing product
lines. Therefore, there can be no assurance that any distributor or reseller
will continue to represent the Company's products. The inability to recruit, or
the loss of, important sales personnel, distributors or resellers could
materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations in the future. See "Business -- Sales and Marketing."
    
 
LONG SALES CYCLE; SEASONALITY
 
   
     Sales of the Company's products generally involve a significant commitment
of capital by customers, with the attendant delays frequently associated with
large capital expenditures. Prior to such sales, the Company often permits
customers to evaluate products being considered for license, generally for a
period of up to 30 days. For these and other reasons, the sales cycle associated
with the Company's products is likely to be lengthy and subject to a number of
significant risks over which the Company has little or no control and, as a
result, the Company believes that its quarterly results are likely to vary
significantly in the future. The Company may be required to ship products
shortly after it receives orders and, consequently, order backlog, if any, at
the beginning of any period may represent only a small portion of that period's
expected revenues. As a result, product revenues in any period will be
substantially dependent on orders booked and shipped in that period. The Company
plans its production and inventory levels based on internal forecasts of
customer demand, which is highly unpredictable and can fluctuate substantially.
If revenues fall significantly below anticipated levels, the Company's financial
condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
In addition, the Company may experience significant seasonality in its business,
and the Company's financial condition and results of operations may be affected
by such trends in the future. Such trends may include higher revenues in the
third and fourth quarters of the year and lower revenues in the first and second
quarters. The Company believes that revenues may tend to be higher in the third
quarter due to
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   15
 
   
the fiscal year end of the U.S. government and higher in the fourth quarter due
to year-end budgetary pressures on the Company's commercial customers and the
tendency of certain of its existing and prospective customers to implement
changes in computer or network security prior to the end of the calendar year.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS; DEPENDENCE ON THE PUBLIC OFFERING
 
   
     The Company anticipates that its existing capital resources, including the
net proceeds of the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, will be
adequate to satisfy its capital requirements at least through 1997. The
Company's future capital requirements, however, will depend on many factors,
including its ability to successfully market and sell its products. To the
extent that the funds generated by this Offering and from the Company's on-going
operations are insufficient to fund the Company's future operating requirements,
it may be necessary to raise additional funds through public or private
financings. Any equity or debt financings, if available at all, may be on terms
that are not favorable to the Company and, in the case of equity financings,
could result in dilution to the Company's shareholders. If adequate capital is
not available, the Company may be required to curtail its operations
significantly. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
RISK OF SALES TO U.S. GOVERNMENT
 
   
     In 1995, the Company derived a substantial portion of its revenue from the
sale of SmartWall to departments and agencies of the U.S. government and
government contractors. In 1996, the Company's revenues will be attributable, in
part, to a contract with NSA. Because no government agency has an obligation to
award contracts to, or to purchase products from, the Company in the future, the
Company believes that future government contracts and orders for its network
security products will in part be dependent upon the continued favorable
reaction of government agencies to the development capabilities of the Company
and the reliability and perception of its products. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to sell its products to departments and agencies
of the U.S. government and government contractors or that such sales, if any,
will result in commercial acceptance of the Company's products. There also is no
assurance that the Company will be able to procure an extension of its current
NSA contract when it expires in September 1996 or additional contracts of
similar magnitude in the future. In addition, reductions or delays in federal
funds available for projects the Company is performing or to purchase its
products could have an adverse impact on the Company's government contracts
business.
    
 
   
     Contracts involving the U.S. government are also subject to the risks of
disallowance of costs upon audit, changes in government procurement policies,
the necessity to participate in competitive bidding and, with respect to
contracts involving prime contractors or government-designated subcontractors,
the inability of such parties to perform under their contracts. The Company is
also exposed to the risk of increased or unexpected costs, causing losses or
reduced profits, under government and certain third-party contracts. Any of the
foregoing events could have an adverse impact on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Regulation and
Government Contracts."
    
 
INTERNATIONAL SALES
 
   
     The Company plans to increase its presence in overseas markets by expanding
international distribution relationships for its suite of network security
products, including SmartWall and SmartGATE. There can be no assurance, however,
that the Company will be successful in expanding its relationships with
international distributors or in gaining commercial acceptance of its products
abroad. To the extent the Company expands international sales, currency
fluctuations could make its products less competitive in foreign markets and
contribute to fluctuations in the Company's operating results. Political
instability, difficulties in staffing and managing international operations,
potential insolvency of international resellers, longer receivable collection
periods and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable also pose risks to the
development of international marketing efforts. Moreover, the laws of certain
countries, or the enforcement thereof, may not protect the Company's products
and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United
States. There can be no assurance that these factors will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Business -- Sales and Marketing."
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   16
 
EFFECT OF GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF TECHNOLOGY EXPORTS
 
   
     The Company currently sells its products abroad and intends to continue to
expand its relationships with international distributors for the sale of its
products overseas. The Company's international sales and operations could be
subject to risks such as the imposition of governmental controls, export license
requirements, restrictions on the export of critical technology, trade
restrictions and changes in tariffs. In particular, the Company's information
security products are subject to the export restrictions administered by the
U.S. Department of State, which permit the export of encryption products only
with the required level of export license. These export laws also prohibit the
export of encryption products to a number of hostile countries. In certain
foreign countries, the Company's distributors are required to secure licenses or
formal permission before encryption products can be imported. There is no
assurance that the Company or its distributors will be able to secure required
licenses in a timely manner, if at all. As a result, foreign competitors that
face less stringent controls on their products may be able to compete more
effectively than the Company in the global network security market. There can be
no assurance that these factors will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"Business -- Technology" and "-- Products and Services."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
   
     The Company's success will depend, to a large extent, upon the performance
of its senior management and its technical, sales and marketing personnel, many
of whom have only recently joined the Company. There is keen competition in the
software security industry to hire and retain qualified personnel and the
Company is actively searching for additional qualified personnel. The Company's
success will depend upon its ability to retain and hire additional key
personnel. The loss of the services of key personnel or the inability to attract
additional qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect upon the
Company's results of operations and product development efforts. The Company
currently has $1.0 million "key man" life insurance policies on the lives of
each of James F. Chen, its founder, President and Chief Executive Officer,
Jieh-Shan Wang, its Senior Vice President of Engineering, and Marcus J. Ranum,
its Chief Scientist. This coverage, however, may not be sufficient to mitigate
the impact that the loss of the services of Mr. Chen, Mr. Wang or Mr. Ranum
would have on the Company. See "Management."
    
 
   
CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS AND
DELAWARE LAW
    
 
   
     The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ("Restated
Certificate of Incorporation") and Amended and Restated Bylaws ("Restated
Bylaws") provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by
shareholders of the Company may be effected at a duly called annual or special
meeting. If a shareholder wishes a proposal to be considered at an annual or
special meeting under the Restated Bylaws, he or she must give reasonable
advance notice to the Company. The Company's Restated Bylaws permit only the
Company's Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the members of the Company's
Board of Directors to call a special meeting of shareholders. In addition, the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company's
Board of Directors is classified into three classes of directors. Under the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws, a director may be
removed only for cause and by the affirmative vote of 67% of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote an election of directors at a special meeting called for
that purpose.
    
 
   
     In addition, the Board of Directors has the authority to issue up to
13,333,333 shares of Preferred Stock and to determine the price, rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights of those
shares, without any further vote or action by the Company's shareholders. The
rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely
affected by, the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued
in the future. The issuance of Preferred Stock, while providing desirable
flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate
purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to
acquire a majority of the voting stock of the Company. The Company has issued
791,011 shares of Series A Stock, which, assuming the initial offering price
exceeds $7.875, will convert into 791,011 shares of Common Stock upon
consummation of the Offering. The Company has no present plans to issue any
additional series of Preferred Stock upon the consummation of the Offering.
Further, certain
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   17
 
   
provisions of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Restated
Bylaws and Delaware law could delay or make difficult a merger, tender offer or
proxy contest involving the Company. In addition, the Company is subject to
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("Section 203"), which
places certain restrictions on the ability of Delaware corporations to engage in
business combinations with interested shareholders. See "Description of Capital
Stock -- Preferred Stock," "-- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" and
"-- Anti-takeover Effects of Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation,
Bylaws and Delaware Law."
    
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; MARKET VOLATILITY
 
   
     Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Company's
Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the
Company's Common Stock will develop or be sustained following the Offering. The
initial public offering price of the Common Stock will be determined in
negotiations among the Company and the representatives of the Underwriters based
upon several factors and may be greater than the market price for the Common
Stock following the Offering. See "Underwriting." The market price of the
Company's Common Stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response
to variations in quarterly operating results and other factors, such as
announcements of new products by the Company or its competitors and changes in
financial estimates by securities analysts or other events. Moreover, the stock
market has experienced extreme volatility that has particularly affected the
market prices of equity securities of many technology companies and that has
often been unrelated and disproportionate to the operating performance of such
companies. Broad market fluctuations, as well as economic conditions generally
and in the software industry specifically, may adversely affect the market price
of the Company's Common Stock. There can be no assurance that the market price
of the Common Stock offered hereby will not decline below the initial public
offering price.
    
 
CONCENTRATION OF SHARE OWNERSHIP
 
   
     Upon completion of this Offering, the current directors, executive officers
and their respective affiliates will beneficially own approximately 60.9% of the
Company's outstanding Common Stock in the aggregate (59.8% in the event the
Underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full). This does not give
effect to the exercise of options and warrants to purchase 1,149,778 shares of
Common Stock held by these individuals, which, if exercised in whole or in part,
will further concentrate ownership of the Company's Common Stock. As a result,
these shareholders will retain the voting power required to elect all directors
and to approve all other matters requiring approval by a majority of the
shareholders of the Company. Such concentration of ownership may also have the
effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company. See
"Management -- Directors and Executive Officers" and "Principal Shareholders."
    
 
POTENTIAL EFFECT OF SHARES FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market following
the Offering could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. Upon
completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding an aggregate of
9,435,243 shares that are "restricted" shares under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended ("Securities Act"). Only the 2,300,000 shares of Common Stock offered
hereby will be eligible for sale in the public market immediately following the
effective date of the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the Common
Stock offered hereby ("Registration Statement") filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission ("SEC"), excluding the Common Stock to be offered in the
over-allotment option. Certain of the Company's current shareholders, employees,
directors, officers and holders of options and warrants to purchase Common Stock
have agreed with the representatives of the Underwriters not to sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock not included in the
over-allotment option for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus
without the consent of the representatives of the Underwriters. After the
expiration of the 180-day period, 986,707 shares of Common Stock may be sold in
compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act during the
succeeding three month period. The number of shares eligible for resale assumes
the conversion of 791,011 shares of Series A Stock on a one-for-one basis and
the issuance of 188,705 shares to RSA and Massachusetts Institute of Technology
("MIT"). The holders
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   18
 
   
of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A Stock and the holders
of Common Stock issued or issuable on exercise of warrants issued to JMI Equity
Fund II, L.P. ("JMI") will have contractual rights to have those shares
registered under the Securities Act for resale to the public. See "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."
    
 
ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS
 
     No dividends have been paid on the Common Stock to date and the Company
does not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend
Policy."
 
DILUTION
 
     Purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby will experience immediate and
substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share of the Common Stock.
To the extent outstanding options and warrants to purchase the Company's Common
Stock are exercised, there will be further dilution. See "Dilution."
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the Common
Stock offered hereby are estimated at $18.6 million ($20.3 million if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) assuming an initial
public offering price of $9.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting
discount and estimated Offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company
will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the
Selling Shareholders upon exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option in
full or in part. The principal purposes of this Offering are to obtain
additional capital, create a public market for the Company's Common Stock and
facilitate future access by the Company to public equity markets.
    
 
   
     The Company expects to use the net proceeds from this Offering for working
capital and for other general corporate purposes, including the expansion of
sales, marketing and customer support activities, research and development and
capital expenditures. A portion of the proceeds of this Offering will be used to
repay a $1.5 million loan from JMI and loans in an aggregate amount of
approximately $138,000 from James F. Chen, the Company's President and Chief
Executive Officer. See "Certain Transactions." In addition, a portion of the net
proceeds may be used to acquire or invest in related businesses or products or
to obtain the right to use technologies that would broaden or enhance the
Company's products. The Company has no present plans, agreements or commitments
and is not currently engaged in any negotiations with respect to any such
transactions. Pending such use of the proceeds, the Company intends to invest
the funds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade securities.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
   
     The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its Common Stock
or other securities. The Company anticipates that all of its net earnings, if
any, will be retained for use in its operations and does not anticipate paying
cash dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future. Payments of future
cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of
Directors after taking into account various factors, including the Company's
financial condition, operating results and current and anticipated cash needs.
The holders of Common Stock are not entitled to receive dividends as long as any
shares of the Company's Series A Stock are issued and outstanding. See "Risk
Factors -- Conversion of Series A Stock," "Description of Capital
Stock -- Common Stock" and "-- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock."
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   19
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth the Company's (i) actual capitalization,
(ii) pro forma capitalization after giving effect to the conversion of all
outstanding shares of Series A Stock into Common Stock and 188,705 shares of
Common Stock reserved for issuance (see "Business -- License Agreements") and
(iii) pro forma capitalization as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby (at an assumed initial public offering
price of $9.00 per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount
and offering expenses), assuming the application of the net proceeds from this
Offering as described under "Use of Proceeds." See "Risk Factors -- Conversion
of Series A Stock" and "Description of Capital Stock -- Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock" for a description of the conversion of the Series A Stock on a
one-for-one basis, which will occur automatically if the initial offering price
exceeds $7.875 per share of Common Stock.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       JUNE 30, 1996
                                                         -----------------------------------------
                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                           ACTUAL        PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
Long term debt, less current portion..................   $   106,086    $   106,086    $   106,086
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 13,333,333 shares
  authorized; 791,011 shares issued and outstanding,
  actual; none issued and outstanding, pro forma and
  pro forma as adjusted(1)(2).........................     3,559,554             --             --
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
  Common Stock, $0.001 par value; 33,333,333 shares
     authorized; 8,455,527 shares issued and
     outstanding, actual; 9,435,243 shares issued and
     outstanding, pro forma; 11,735,243 shares issued
     and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted...........         8,456          9,436         11,736
  Additional paid-in capital..........................     2,822,877      7,230,624     25,829,324
  Notes receivable from sale of Common Stock..........      (287,400)      (287,400)      (287,400)
  Accumulated deficit.................................    (4,134,541)    (4,134,541)    (4,134,541)
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total shareholders' equity (deficit)........    (1,590,608)     2,818,119     21,419,119
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total capitalization........................   $ 2,075,032    $ 2,924,205    $21,525,205
                                                         ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Company
    to issue up to 13,333,333 shares of Preferred Stock. On April 4, 1996, the
    Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 788,934 shares of Series A
    Stock and on May 12, 1996, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of
    an additional 4,047 shares of Series A Stock. As of June 30, 1996, 791,011
    shares of Series A Stock have been issued. See "Description of Capital
    Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock."
    
 
   
(2) In December 1995 and January 1996, the Company borrowed $2.5 million through
    the sale of 7% interest bearing, unsecured promissory notes ("Notes"). In
    April and May 1996, the Company exchanged all of the Notes (principal and
    accrued interest) for shares of the Company's Series A Stock, at a price of
    $4.50 per share. In addition, the Company permitted certain investors to
    purchase an additional 222,222 shares of Series A Stock at a price of $4.50
    per share. Assuming the initial offering price exceeds $7.875, shares of
    Series A Stock will convert to Common Stock on a one-for-one basis on
    consummation of the Offering. See "Risk Factors -- Conversion of Series A
    Stock" and "Description of Capital Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred
    Stock."
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   20
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
     The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30, 1996
was approximately $2,818,000 or $0.30 per share of Common Stock. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of the Company's total
tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding. Without taking into account any other changes in the net
tangible book value after June 30, 1996, other than to give effect to the
receipt by the Company of the net proceeds from the sale of the 2,300,000 shares
of Common Stock offered by the Company at an assumed offering price of $9.00 per
share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering
expenses, the pro forma adjusted net tangible book value of the Company as of
June 30, 1996 would have been approximately $21,419,000 or $1.83 per share. This
represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.53
per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $7.17 per share
to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                             <C>       <C>
        Assumed initial public offering price per share(1)...........             $9.00
          Pro forma net tangible book value per share before
             Offering................................................   $ 0.30
          Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
             attributable to payments by new investors(2)............     1.53
        Pro forma net tangible book value per share after Offering...              1.83
                                                                                  -----
        Dilution of pro forma net tangible book value per share to
          new investors..............................................             $7.17
                                                                                  =====
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) Before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and Offering expenses.
 
(2) After deducting the estimated underwriting discount and Offering expenses
    payable by the Company.
 
   
     The following table summarizes as of June 30, 1996, the difference between
existing shareholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares
purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the average price
paid per share:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SHARES PURCHASED        TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                            ---------------------    ----------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                              NUMBER      PERCENT      AMOUNT       PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                            ----------    -------    -----------    -------    -------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
Existing shareholders(1).................    9,435,243      80.4%    $ 6,952,660      25.1%        $0.74
New investors(1).........................    2,300,000      19.6      20,700,000      74.9          9.00
                                            ----------    ------     -----------    ------ 
Total....................................   11,735,243     100.0%    $27,652,660     100.0%
                                            ==========    ======     ===========    ======
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) In the event the Underwriters exercise the over-allotment option granted by
    the Company and the Selling Shareholders, the number of shares held by
    existing shareholders will be reduced to 9,290,932 or approximately 77.8% of
    the outstanding shares of the Common Stock and will increase the number of
    shares held by new investors to 2,645,000 or approximately 22.2% of the
    total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Offering.
    
 
   
     The foregoing table assumes no exercise of any outstanding stock options,
warrants or the Underwriters' over-allotment option. As of June 30, 1996,
options to purchase 350,959 shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the
Company's 1995 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan at a weighted average per share
exercise price of $1.245 and options to purchase 949,877 shares of Common Stock
were outstanding under the Company's 1996 Incentive Stock Plan at a weighted
average per share exercise price of $4.10. Additional dilution may result if any
of these stock options are exercised. See "Management."
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   21
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following selected financial data set forth below with respect to the
Company's statements of operations from February 16, 1993 (date of inception) to
December 31, 1993 and for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the six
months ended June 30, 1996 and balance sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995
and June 30, 1996 are derived from the financial statements of the Company
included elsewhere in this Prospectus that have been audited by Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P., independent certified public accountants. The statement of
operations data for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and the balance sheet
data at June 30, 1995 have been derived from the Company's unaudited financial
statements, which, in management's opinion, reflect all adjustments necessary to
fairly present this information when read in conjunction with the financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The data set
forth below should be read in conjunction with the Company's financial
statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                                
                                        FOR THE PERIOD                                                                          
                                         FEBRUARY 16,                                                                           
                                        1993 (DATE OF                YEAR ENDED                          SIX MONTHS             
                                        INCEPTION) TO               DECEMBER 31,                       ENDED JUNE 30,           
                                         DECEMBER 31,     --------------------------------    --------------------------------  
                                             1993              1994              1995              1995             1996
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Products...........................    $         --      $          --     $   1,101,418     $     369,219     $   2,284,044
  Consulting and services............          76,183             59,716             2,083                --            92,343
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
         Total revenues..............          76,183             59,716         1,103,501           369,219         2,376,387
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Cost of revenues:
  Products...........................              --                 --           376,359           131,150           882,627
  Consulting and services............          38,090             35,114               800                --            27,222
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
         Total cost of revenues......          38,090             35,114           377,159           131,150           909,849
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Gross profit.........................          38,093             24,602           726,342           238,069         1,466,538
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing................           3,652             21,212           103,917            52,542         1,672,437
  General and administrative.........          68,212            299,392         1,314,661           301,663         1,621,670
  Research and development...........              --            107,926           277,973            97,291           595,011
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
         Total operating expenses....          71,864            428,530         1,696,551           451,496         3,889,118
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Operating loss.......................         (33,771)          (403,928)         (970,209)         (213,427)       (2,422,580)
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Other (expense) income:
  Interest expense...................          (1,913)            (2,360)          (66,615)               --          (281,026)
  Interest income....................              --                 --             4,513                --            43,388
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
         Total other expenses........          (1,913)            (2,360)          (62,102)               --          (237,638)
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Net loss.............................    $    (35,684)     $    (406,288)    $  (1,032,311)    $    (213,427)    $  (2,660,218)
                                        =============     ==============    ==============    ==============    ==============
Net loss per common share(1).........    $      (0.01)     $       (0.06)    $       (0.12)    $       (0.02)    $       (0.28)
                                        =============     ==============    ==============    ==============    ==============
Weighted average shares
  outstanding(1).....................       5,371,510          7,286,073         8,925,726         8,594,707         9,582,063
                                        =============     ==============    ==============    ==============    ==============
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,                                   JUNE 30,
                                        --------------------------------------------------    --------------------------------
                                             1993              1994              1995              1995              1996
                                        --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)............    $    (19,436)     $     245,598     $    (168,311)    $      47,554     $   1,182,543
Total assets.........................          28,182            394,906         2,050,602           470,729         5,444,755
Long term debt, less current
  portion............................              --                 --           126,908                --           106,086
Shareholders' equity (deficit).......         (11,523)           318,028          (139,938)          104,601        (1,590,608)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) For a description of the computation of net loss per share and shares used
    in computing net loss per share, see Note 2 of Notes to the Financial
    Statements.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   22
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     This Prospectus contains, in addition to historical information,
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainty. The Company's
actual results could differ significantly from the results discussed in the
forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include those discussed in "Risk Factors" as well as those discussed
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     The Company develops, markets and licenses a comprehensive suite of network
security products that enable organizations to conduct secured electronic
transactions and information exchange using private enterprise networks and
public networks, such as the Internet. From inception in February 1993 until
December 1994, the Company's operating activities related primarily to
recruiting personnel and conducting research and development. Revenues were
minimal during 1993 and 1994. The Company introduced its first product, the
SmartCAT smart card reader and application software, in June 1994 and its second
product, the SmartWall application-level firewall, in December 1994. In December
1995, the Company introduced SmartGATE, a client/server security enabling
product.
    
 
   
     From inception until December 1994, the Company's revenues were generated
primarily from consulting and services. Currently, the Company generates
revenues primarily from software licenses and sale of hardware products and, to
a lesser extent, consulting and related services. The Company anticipates that
revenues from products will continue to be the principal source of the Company's
total revenues.
    
 
   
     Under the Company's revenue recognition policy, revenues are generally
recognized from the license of software upon shipment, net of allowances,
provided that no significant vendor obligations remain. In addition, the Company
often permits customers to evaluate products being considered for purchase,
generally for a period of up to 30 days, in which event the Company does not
recognize revenues until the customer has accepted the product. Accordingly, the
Company's revenue recognition policy does not necessarily correlate with signing
of a contract or shipment of a product. See "Risk Factors -- Long Sales Cycle;
Seasonality."
    
 
   
     As of June 30, 1996, the Company had an accumulated deficit of
approximately $4,135,000. The Company currently expects to incur net losses over
the next several quarters as a result of greater operating expenses incurred to
fund research and development and to increase its sales and marketing efforts.
To date, the Company has expensed all development costs as incurred in
compliance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, "Accounting
for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed."
The Company believes that it will be able to continue to expense all development
costs as incurred.
    
 
   
     James F. Chen, the Company's founder, President and Chief Executive
Officer, did not receive a salary in 1993, 1994 or 1995, which resulted in
reduced general and administrative costs for those years. Mr. Chen has begun
receiving a salary in 1996 and the Company recently has hired and intends to
continue to hire additional senior level personnel. See
"Management -- Employment Agreement." In addition, general and administrative
costs have increased significantly since the Company's date of inception and the
Company expects such costs to continue to increase in the future.
    
 
   
     In 1993, consulting and services revenues from MacTec
Magazine(TM)("MacTec") and IN-SNEC Groupe Technique, an air traffic control
equipment manufacturer located in France, accounted for approximately 56% and
13%, respectively, of total revenues. In 1994, consulting and services revenues
from the U.S. Department of Energy and MacTec accounted for approximately 37%
and 29%, respectively, of total revenues. In 1995, product revenues from GEIS,
NCTS Washington, a division of the Department of the Navy, and the U.S. Defense
Information Systems Agency accounted for approximately 19%, 10%, and 10%,
respectively, of total revenues. For the six months ended June 30, 1996, product
revenues from MCI and NSA accounted for approximately 21% and 13%, respectively,
of total revenues.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   23
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth certain statement of operations data as a
percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        FOR THE PERIOD
                                         FEBRUARY 16,
                                        1993 (DATE OF                YEAR ENDED                            SIX MONTHS
                                        INCEPTION) TO               DECEMBER 31,                         ENDED JUNE 30,
                                         DECEMBER 31,     ---------------------------------     ---------------------------------
                                             1993              1994               1995               1995               1996
                                        --------------       -------            -------            -------            -------
                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Products...........................          --  %                --  %              99.8%             100.0%              96.1%
  Consulting and services............        100.0                 100.0                0.2               --                  3.9
                                           -------               -------            -------            -------            -------
          Total revenues.............        100.0                 100.0              100.0              100.0              100.0
                                           -------               -------            -------            -------            -------
Cost of revenues:
  Products...........................          --                   --                 34.1               35.5               37.1
  Consulting and services............         50.0                  58.8                0.1               --                  1.2
                                           -------               -------            -------            -------            -------
          Total cost of revenues.....         50.0                  58.8               34.2               35.5               38.3
                                           -------               -------            -------            -------            -------
Gross profit.........................         50.0                  41.2               65.8               64.5               61.7
                                           -------               -------            -------            -------            -------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing................          4.8                  35.5                9.4               14.2               70.4
  General and administrative.........         89.5                 501.4              119.1               81.7               68.2
  Research and development...........          --                  180.7               25.2               26.4               25.0
                                           -------               -------            -------            -------            -------
          Total operating expenses...         94.3                 717.6              153.7              122.3              163.6
                                           -------               -------            -------            -------            -------
Operating loss.......................        (44.3)               (676.4)             (87.9)             (57.8)            (101.9)
                                           -------               -------            -------            -------            -------
Other (expense) income:
  Interest expense...................         (2.5)                 (4.0)              (6.0)              --                (11.8)
  Interest income....................          --                   --                  0.4               --                  1.8
                                           -------               -------            -------            -------            -------
          Total other expenses.......         (2.5)                 (4.0)              (5.6)              --                (10.0)
                                           -------               -------            -------            -------            -------
Net loss.............................        (46.8)%              (680.4)%            (93.5)%            (57.8)%           (111.9)%
                                           =======               =======            =======            =======            =======
</TABLE>
    
 
   
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED WITH SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
    
 
     REVENUES
 
   
     Total revenues increased significantly from approximately $369,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 1995 to approximately $2,376,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1996. This increase was principally attributable to increased
sales of the Company's network security products.
    
 
   
     Products.  Product revenues are derived principally from software licenses
and the sale of hardware products. Product revenues increased significantly from
approximately $369,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995 to approximately
$2,284,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996. The increase was due
principally to increased sales of the Company's SmartWall product and the
introduction of its SmartGATE product in December 1995.
    
 
   
     Consulting and Services.  Consulting and services revenues are derived
principally from fees for services complementary to the Company's products,
including consulting, maintenance and training. Consulting and services revenues
were approximately $92,000, or 3.9% of total revenue, for the six months ended
June 30, 1996. The Company anticipates that consulting and services revenues
will increase as a percentage of total revenues as compared to the six months
ended June 30, 1996.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   24
 
     COST OF REVENUES
 
   
     Cost of Products.  Cost of product revenues consists principally of the
costs of computer hardware, licensed technology, manuals and labor associated
with the distribution and support of the Company's products. Cost of product
revenues increased from approximately $131,000 for the six months ended June 30,
1995 to approximately $883,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996. Cost of
product revenues as a percentage of product revenues was 35.5% and 38.6% for the
six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The increase in absolute
dollars was principally related to the higher level of product sales compared
with the prior year's period. The decrease in cost of product revenues as a
percentage of product revenues was primarily due to an increase in sales of the
Company's software products as a component of product revenues in the later
period.
    
 
   
     Cost of Consulting and Services.  Cost of consulting and services revenues
consists principally of personnel and related costs incurred in providing
consulting, support and training services to customers. There was no cost of
consulting and services revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1995 as
compared to approximately $27,000, or 29.5% of consulting and services revenues,
for the six months ended June 30, 1996.
    
 
     OPERATING EXPENSES
 
   
     Sales and Marketing.  Sales and marketing expenses consist principally of
the costs of sales and marketing personnel, advertising, promotions and trade
shows. Sales and marketing expenses increased significantly from approximately
$53,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995 to approximately $1,672,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 1996. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage
of total revenues were 14.2% and 70.4% for the six months ended June 30, 1995
and 1996, respectively. The dollar and percentage increase were principally
related to expenses associated with increases in the number of sales and
marketing personnel, as well as expenses related to advertising and promotional
efforts. Sales and marketing expenses can be expected to increase both in the
aggregate and as a percentage of total revenues in the near term as a result of
the Company's increased sales and marketing efforts.
    
 
   
     General and Administrative.  General and administrative expenses consist
principally of the costs of finance, management and administrative personnel and
facilities expenses. General and administrative expenses increased substantially
from approximately $302,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995 to
approximately $1,622,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996. General and
administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues were 81.7% and 68.2%
for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively. During the six
months ended June 30, 1996, the Company added approximately $149,000 to its
allowance for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable and nonsalable
inventory. During the six months ended June 30, 1996, the Company also recorded
non-cash compensation expense of $488,000 in conjunction with the grant of
options to purchase 590,394 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.75
per share and 10,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.50 per
share. The non-cash compensation expense was recognized in the second quarter of
1996. The remainder of the dollar increase was principally attributable to
additional hiring of management and administrative personnel and professional
and legal fees. The percentage decrease was primarily due to allocation over a
larger revenue base. The Company anticipates that general and administrative
expenses will increase in future periods.
    
 
   
     Research and Development.  Research and development expenses consist
principally of the costs of research and development personnel and other
expenses associated with the development of new products and enhancement of
existing products. Research and development expenses increased significantly
from approximately $97,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995 to
approximately $595,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996. Research and
development expenses as a percentages of total revenues were 26.4% and 25.0% for
the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The dollar increase
was principally attributable to an increase in the number of personnel
associated with the Company's technical development efforts. The percentage
decrease was principally due to allocation over a larger revenue base. The
Company believes that a continuing commitment to research and development is
required to remain competitive. Accordingly, the Company intends to allocate
substantial resources to research and development, but research and development
expenses may vary as a percentage of total revenues.
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   25
 
   
     Interest Income and Expense.  Interest income represents interest earned on
cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. Interest income was
approximately $43,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996. Interest expense
was approximately $281,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996. Interest
expense represents interest payable on promissory notes and capitalized lease
obligations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
   
     Income Taxes.  The Company did not incur income tax expense for the six
months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 as a result of the net loss incurred during
each period. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $2,861,000 as a result of net losses incurred
since inception.
    
 
   
COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
    
 
     REVENUES
 
     Total revenues decreased 21.6% from approximately $76,000 in 1993 to
approximately $60,000 in 1994 and increased substantially to approximately
$1,104,000 in 1995. The Company had no revenues from products in 1993 and 1994.
The decrease in revenues from 1993 to 1994 was primarily due to the Company's
focus on product development. The increase from 1994 to 1995 was primarily due
to the introduction of the Company's SmartWall product in December 1994.
 
     COST OF REVENUES
 
   
     Cost of revenues decreased 7.8% from approximately $38,000 in 1993 to
approximately $35,000 in 1994 and increased substantially to approximately
$377,000 in 1995. Cost of revenues as a percentage of total revenues were 50.0%,
58.8% and 34.2% in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The dollar decrease and
percentage increase in 1994 were primarily due to a decrease in revenues and
higher service costs, respectively. The dollar increase and percentage decrease
in 1995 is primarily attributable to an increase in revenues from the
introduction of SmartWall.
    
 
     OPERATING EXPENSES
 
   
     Sales and Marketing.  Sales and marketing expenses increased from
approximately $4,000 in 1993 to approximately $21,000 in 1994 and increased to
approximately $104,000 in 1995. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of
total revenues were 4.8%, 35.5%, and 9.4% in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
The dollar increase in 1994 was primarily due to the costs associated with
expanding operations. The percentage increase in 1994 was primarily attributable
to allocation over a smaller revenue base. The dollar increase in 1995 was
principally due to increased personnel and marketing efforts and costs
associated with the sales of SmartWall. The percentage decrease in 1995 was
principally due to allocation over a larger revenue base.
    
 
   
     General and Administrative.  General and administrative expenses increased
from approximately $68,000 in 1993 to approximately $299,000 in 1994 and
increased to approximately $1,315,000 in 1995. General and administrative
expenses as a percentage of total revenues were 89.5%, 501.4% and 119.1% in
1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The dollar increase in 1994 was primarily as
a result of increased staffing levels. The dollar increase in 1995 was primarily
as a result of increased staffing levels, leasing of additional office space,
additional travel expense, establishing an allowance for potentially
uncollectible and nonsaleable inventory and increased professional fees.
    
 
   
     Research Development.  Research and development expenses increased from $0
to approximately $108,000 in 1994 and increased to approximately $278,000 in
1995. Research and development expenses as a percentage of total revenues were
0%, 180.7% and 25.2% in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The dollar increases
in 1994 and 1995 were primarily due to increases in the number of personnel
associated with the Company's product development efforts.
    
 
     Interest Income and Expense.  There was no interest income in 1993 and
1994. Interest income in 1995 was approximately $5,000 from interest earned on
the net proceeds from the Company's private financings. Interest expense was
approximately $2,000 in both 1993 and 1994. Interest expense was approximately
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   26
 
$67,000 in 1995. The increase was primarily due to the Company's issuance of
$1,250,000 in promissory notes in 1995.
 
   
     Income Taxes.  The Company did not incur income tax expenses in December
31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 as a result of the net loss incurred during these
periods. As of December 31, 1995, the Company had net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $1,172,000 as a result of net losses incurred
since inception.
    
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
     The following table sets forth selected financial data for the periods
indicated. This information (other than the three months ended March 31, 1996)
has been derived from the Company's unaudited financial statements, which, in
management's opinion, reflect all adjustments necessary to fairly present this
information when read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              MAR. 31,       JUNE 30,       SEPT. 30,      DEC. 31,       MAR. 31,       JUNE 30,
                                1995           1995           1995           1995           1996           1996
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                             (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)                   (UNAUDITED)
                                        
                                        
                                        
<S>                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
  DATA:
Revenues:
  Products................   $   150,257    $   218,961    $   356,021    $   376,179    $   981,642    $ 1,302,402
  Consulting and
    services..............            --             --             --          2,083         40,169         52,174
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
         Total revenues...       150,257        218,961        356,021        378,262      1,021,811      1,354,576
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Cost of revenues:
  Products................        52,590         78,560        125,482        119,727        310,693        571,934
  Consulting and
    services..............            --             --             --            800         11,305         15,917
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
         Total cost of
           revenues.......        52,590         78,560        125,482        120,527        321,998        587,851
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Gross profit..............        97,667        140,401        230,539        257,735        699,813        766,725
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing.....        33,980         18,562         17,280         34,095        709,111        963,326
  General and
    administrative........       154,282        289,181        167,903        703,295        592,967      1,028,703
  Research and
    development...........        41,696         55,594         83,392         97,291        310,952        284,059
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
         Total operating
           expenses.......       229,958        363,337        268,575        834,681      1,613,030      2,276,088
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Operating loss............      (132,291)      (222,936)       (38,036)      (576,946)      (913,217)    (1,509,363)
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Other (expenses) income:
  Interest expense........            --             --             --        (66,615)      (104,934)      (176,092)
  Interest income.........            --             --             --          4,513         23,491         19,897
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
         Total other
           expenses.......            --             --             --        (62,102)       (81,443)      (156,195)
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Net loss..................   $  (132,291)   $  (222,936)   $   (38,036)   $  (639,048)   $  (994,660)   $(1,665,558)
                             ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The Company's total revenues and operating results have varied
substantially from quarter to quarter and should not be relied upon as an
indication of future results. Quarterly operating results can be difficult to
forecast because the Company's sales cycle can be relatively long and depend on
factors such as the size and timing of individual transactions; changes in
customer budget authorizations; the level of sales and marketing, research and
development and general and administrative expenses; and general economic
conditions.
    
 
     Operating results for a given period could be disproportionately affected
by any shortfall in expected revenues. In addition, fluctuation in revenues from
quarter to quarter will likely have an increasingly significant impact on the
Company's results of operations. The Company's growth in recent periods may not
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   27
 
   
be an accurate indication of future results of operations in light of the
Company's short operating history, the evolving nature of the network security
market and the uncertainty of the demand for Internet and intranet products in
general and the Company's products in particular. See "Risk
Factors -- Anticipated Fluctuations in Quarterly Results."
    
 
   
     The Company may experience significant seasonality in its business, and the
Company's financial condition and results of operations may be affected by such
trends in the future. Such trends may include higher revenues in the third and
fourth quarters of the year and lower revenues in the first and second quarters.
The Company believes that revenues may be higher in the third quarter due to the
fiscal year end of the U.S. government and higher in the fourth quarter due to
year end budgetary pressures on the Company's commercial customers and the
tendency of certain of the Company's existing or prospective customers to
implement changes in computer or network security prior to the end of the
calendar year. Because the Company's operating expenses are based on anticipated
revenue levels, a small variation in the time of recognition of revenue can
cause significant variations in operating results from quarter to quarter.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     Since its organization, the Company has financed its operations through the
private sale of equity securities, notes to shareholders and short-term
borrowings. In 1993, the Company raised approximately $40,000 from the issuance
of an 8% note. In 1994 and 1995, the Company raised approximately $750,000 and
$400,000, respectively, through the sale of Common Stock. In addition, in
December 1995 and January 1996, the Company raised $2,500,000 from the sale of
7% unsecured promissory notes scheduled to mature on June 30, 1996. In addition,
in April 1996, the Company raised approximately $1,000,000 by selling an
additional 222,222 shares of Series A Stock at $4.50 per share. In April and May
of 1996, the Company exchanged all of the 7% unsecured promissory notes for
Series A Stock. In June 1996, the Company raised an additional $1,500,000 by
issuing to JMI an 8% unsecured senior subordinated note with detachable warrants
to purchase 333,332 shares of Common Stock. See "Capitalization," "Description
of Capital Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" and "Certain
Transactions."
    
 
   
     In October 1995, the Company obtained a secured equipment loan from a bank
in the amount of $50,000 at the bank's prime rate for the first year, which is
scheduled to increase to the bank's prime rate plus 1.5% in October 1996. The
Company is required to repay the loan over 36 months commencing in October 1996
and ending in October 1999. The amount outstanding under this loan at June 30,
1996 totalled $50,000. At June 30, 1996, the bank's prime rate was 8.25%.
    
 
   
     The Company's operating activities used cash of approximately $21,000,
$353,000 and $1,121,000 in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. For the six months
ended June 30, 1996, the Company's operating activities used cash of $2,320,000.
Cash used in operating activities was principally a result of net losses and
increases in accounts receivable and inventory, which were partially offset by
increases in accounts payable and the establishment of an allowance for
potentially uncollectible accounts receivable and nonsaleable inventory.
    
 
   
     Capital expenditures for property and equipment were approximately $20,000,
$13,000 and $20,000 in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. Capital expenditures
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 were $222,000. These expenditures have
generally been for computer workstations and personal computers, office
furniture and equipment and leasehold additions and improvements. The Company
expects to purchase additional computer equipment and office furniture in 1996.
The Company may use a portion of the net proceeds of this Offering for such
expenditures.
    
 
   
     The Company believes that the net proceeds from this Offering, together
with existing cash and cash equivalents and funds generated from on-going
operations will be sufficient to finance the Company's operations at least
through 1997. However, the Company may require additional funds to support its
working capital requirements or for other purposes and may seek to raise such
additional funds through public or private equity financing or from other
sources. No assurance can be given that additional financing will be available
or, if available, that such additional financing will be on terms favorable to
the Company or its shareholders.
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   28
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     V-ONE Corporation develops, markets and licenses a comprehensive suite of
network security products that enable organizations to conduct secured
electronic transactions and information exchange using private enterprise
networks and public networks, such as the Internet. The Company's suite of
products address network user authentication, perimeter security, access control
and data integrity through the use of smart cards, firewalls and encryption
technology. The Company's products interoperate seamlessly and can be combined
to form a complete, integrated network security solution or can be used as
independent components in customized security solutions. The Company's products
have been designed with an open and flexible architecture to enhance application
functionality and to support future network security standards. In addition, the
Company's products enable organizations to deploy and scale their solutions from
small single-site networks to large multi-site environments.
    
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
   
     OVERVIEW.  Over the last decade decentralized computing has emerged as a
result of the widespread adoption of personal computers, local area networks and
wide area networks. This emergence has enabled users to communicate with each
other and share data throughout an entire organization. With the recent
popularization of the Internet and increased performance capabilities offered by
high-speed modems, ISDN services and frame relay technology, the volume of data
transferred over networks has increased dramatically.
    
 
   
     In addition, leading hardware and software vendors have adopted and support
TCP/IP, the Internet's non-proprietary communications protocol, for computer
communications and information exchange. This open platform, along with the
emergence of the Internet, allows increasing numbers of businesses and consumers
to engage in electronic commerce, such as home banking, credit verification,
securities trading and home shopping.
    
 
   
     Organizations are increasingly using public networks, such as the Internet,
as an extension of their enterprise networks. Public networks offer a
cost-effective means of connecting branch offices and remote and mobile users to
mission critical applications and corporate resources such as groupware,
customer databases and inventory control systems. Also, the Internet can be used
as a lower cost alternative to value-added networks as a means to link companies
with customers, suppliers and trading partners. In addition, businesses are
deploying intranets, internal networks using TCP/IP protocols, to facilitate
geographically dispersed communications and the transmission of information
throughout an enterprise in a cost effective manner.
    
 
   
     With the increased use of the Internet and intranets, many organizations
are discovering that network security is a key element in successfully
implementing distributed applications and services, including electronic mail,
electronic data interchange, electronic commerce and information exchange
services. Information becomes more vulnerable as organizations rely heavily on
computer networks for the electronic transmission of data. In the absence of
comprehensive network security, individuals and organizations are able to
exploit system weaknesses to gain unauthorized access to networks, network
transmissions and individual network computers. These individuals and
organizations use such access to alter or steal data or, in some cases, to
launch destructive attacks on data and computers within a network.
    
 
     Demand for computer network security products is expected to grow
significantly as a result of the increased use of the Internet and intranets.
The Yankee Group, a market research firm, indicated that it expects the market
for information security products and services to grow at a 70% compounded
annual rate to the end of the decade from $395 million in 1995 to $5.6 billion
in the year 2000.
 
   
     NETWORK SECURITY ELEMENTS.  Each of the following elements is critical in
creating a complete network security solution to protect an organization's data,
network and computer systems:
    
 
        - Identification and Authentication -- Verifying the user's identity to
          prevent unauthorized access to computer and network resources.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   29
 
        - Integrity -- Ensuring that network data, whether in storage or
          transmission, has not been changed or compromised by any unauthorized
          manipulation.
 
        - Non-repudiation -- Verifying that data transmissions have been
          executed between specific parties so that neither party may
          legitimately claim that the transaction did not occur.
 
   
        - Authorization -- Controlling which systems, data and applications a
          user can access.
    
 
        - Encryption -- Preventing unauthorized users from viewing private data
          through the process of "scrambling" data before it is transmitted or
          placed into electronic storage.
 
   
To date, network security solutions have focused on single function or point
products that address one or a limited number of these specific network security
elements.
    
 
   
     NETWORK SECURITY PRODUCTS.  Over the years a number of network security
products have been developed, including passwords, token-based access devices,
firewalls, encryption products, smart cards and digital certificates. Each of
these products was designed with a specific function or objective; however, few
were designed to meet all of the needs of enterprise-wide network security.
Single function or point products that have been developed to address one or a
limited number of network security requirements include the following:
    
 
   
          Passwords and Tokens.  Until recently, passwords were the most common
     method of authentication. Static (non-changing) passwords were developed as
     the first attempt to address the need for authentication. Static passwords,
     however, are inadequate as they are susceptible to "sniffing" (unauthorized
     viewing) and to attacks using software designed to randomly generate and
     enter thousands of passwords. As a result, dynamic passwords, including
     single-use passwords, were created to provide a greater level of
     authentication. Dynamic password implementations include the use of
     time-varying and challenge-response passwords. Generally, dynamic passwords
     require the use of a hand-held, electronic device called a hardware token.
     Dynamic passwords were subsequently strengthened by incorporating
     two-factor identification, which provides a higher level of authentication
     in that two independent components are combined to identify a user (for
     example, a bank ATM card and a PIN code). However, dynamic passwords and
     two-factor identification provide only a limited level of security because
     the sessions they authenticate are still vulnerable to interception.
    
 
   
          Firewalls.  Firewalls are network access control devices that regulate
     the passage of information based on a set of user-defined rules. Generally,
     firewalls are based upon one of two technical architectures: packet filters
     (customarily used in routers) or proxy-based application-level gateways.
     Packet filters screen network traffic and allow or prevent network access
     based upon source and destination Internet protocol addresses. Proxy-based
     application-level gateways provide access to applications on the network
     only after the user has identified the desired application and submitted a
     valid password.
    
 
          Encryption.  Encryption products provide privacy for transmitted data.
     Encryption algorithms scramble data so that only users with the appropriate
     decoding key are able to view transmitted or stored data. Public-key
     encryption has recently gained additional credibility for managing the keys
     (codes) used to encrypt, and subsequently decrypt user designated data.
 
   
          Smart Cards.  Smart cards are similar in size to credit cards, but
     contain a small, tamper-proof microprocessor chip and are capable of
     storing data and processing complex encryption algorithms. Smart cards are
     advanced authentication tokens that are also capable of storing
     information, such as credit card or bank account numbers, medical records,
     photographic images or digital certificates.
    
 
   
          Digital Certificates.  A digital certificate serves as an individual's
     electronic identification card. The certificates are digitally certified by
     a third-party, called a certificate authority, who vouches for the identity
     of the certificate holder. Digital certificates are being standardized as a
     means of authenticating on-line users, and are perceived to be a key
     technology for the expansion of secure transactions and electronic
     commerce.
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   30
 
   
     As organizations increase their dependence on the Internet and deploy
intranets, the Company believes that there will be an increasing need for a
comprehensive enterprise-wide network security solution. Many network security
vendors, however, have focused on developing products that address only one or a
limited number of specific security requirements. In addition, products
developed by different vendors are often difficult to integrate with each other
and pose interoperability problems. Consequently, the Company believes that
organizations will increasingly demand comprehensive network security solutions
that are easy to implement and transparent to the user. These solutions must
have the ability to integrate with existing applications, networks and/or
mainframe applications, while being flexible and powerful enough to address the
needs created by newly developed technologies.
    
 
THE V-ONE SOLUTION
 
   
     The Company offers a comprehensive suite of network security products that
address the need for identification and authentication, integrity,
non-repudiation, authorization and encryption. The Company believes that,
because of its unique combination of firewalls, smart cards and encryption
technology, it is the first network security vendor to provide two-factor
identification, mutual authentication and fine-grained access control. This
combination of network security products enables organizations to identify and
authenticate network users while controlling access to specific network
services. The Company's technology is designed to prevent unauthorized access to
an organization's mission critical applications and internal data without
impeding permitted uses of the organization's resources and information. The
Company's products are compatible with many leading hardware platforms and
operating systems, as well as many third-party security products. The Company's
customers are able to integrate V-ONE's security products into their networks
with minimal impact on existing systems and applications.
    
 
   
     The Company's suite of products can be combined and configured to provide
network perimeter security, secure remote access and intra/inter-enterprise
security to facilitate secured electronic commerce and information exchange. The
Company's principal products are SmartGATE, a client/server product that offers
identification and authentication, integrity, non-repudiation, authorization and
encryption; and SmartWall, an application-level firewall that incorporates
SmartGATE's functionality. The Company provides customers with two-factor
identification, mutual authentication, fine-grained access control and
encryption by combining SmartCAT, V-ONE's smart card technology, with the
SmartGATE server. In addition, SmartGATE users can access enterprise networks
from remote locations using SmartCAT.
    
 
   
     The Company's technology provides customers with the ability to create
network security solutions designed to meet their specific network security
requirements. V-ONE's customers can securely deploy a broad range of services
and applications to engage in secured electronic transactions, information
exchange and remote access to mission critical applications and corporate
resources. The Company's technology is designed to be (i) modular, allowing
organizations to utilize the security product or products best suited to address
their immediate needs, with a seamless migration path to additional products as
required, (ii) scaleable, ranging from a single system supporting several users
to multiple systems potentially supporting hundreds of thousands of users, and
(iii) portable, securing access independent of any particular user's machine or
network entry point through the use of smart card technology.
    
 
     Examples of network security solutions created using V-ONE's products
include:
 
   
     Multi-purpose Smart Cards.  The Company has entered into a reseller
arrangement with MCI. V-ONE believes that, in the second half of 1996, MCI is
planning to utilize V-ONE technology to offer multi-purpose, secure campus card
programs to colleges and universities. See "-- Strategic Alliances -- MCI." This
smart card-based solution would use the Company's SmartGATE, SmartWall and
SmartCAT products and would permit students to obtain secure access to their
college or university records, student information and campus services via the
Internet. The smart cards would also be able to include stored value for use at
on- and off-campus vendors and pay telephones. It is presently contemplated that
students will be able to transfer cash value to their smart cards directly from
their bank accounts by using advanced card readers located on campus.
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   31
 
   
     Home Banking.  Several commercial banks are deploying or plan to deploy
applications to their customers that utilize the Company's SmartGATE and
SmartWall technology to enable secure, cost-effective and convenient
Internet-based, home banking services. V-ONE's products have been combined to
enable a bank's customers to securely transfer funds, review accounts and
communicate with other bank departments using the Internet. In some cases, the
Company's products augment an existing private dial-up network system for home
banking. Historically, dial up solutions have afforded banks quick entry into
the home banking market, but such solutions have typically had certain
administrative and financial limitations. By using V-ONE's technology, a bank is
able to cost-effectively provide secured data transmissions while deploying
applications to its customers that are intended to result in higher levels of
customer service and convenience.
    
 
   
     Electronic Data Interchange ("EDI").  GE InterBusiness, the secure Internet
offering of GEIS, a worldwide provider of computer communications services, is
designed to provide electronic commerce, such as EDI and secured messaging.
Using SmartGATE technology, GEIS has established an environment that permits
GEIS' business clients to conduct electronic commerce, to share business
information via bulletin boards and to take advantage of the Internet's open
standards while maintaining transparent authentication, authorization and
encryption. Each time a GE InterBusiness member engages in a transaction using
the GE InterBusiness service, SmartGATE authenticates the member, checks the
member's right to perform the transaction and encrypts the session. GEIS has
made GE InterBusiness available to its installed client base of approximately
40,000 corporations.
    
 
   
     Internet Services.  It is expected that Virtual Networks, Inc. ("VNI") will
be the first Internet service provider ("ISP") to deploy the Company's secured
messaging module, SmartREM (Smart Registered Electronic Messaging), which is
expected to be introduced in the third quarter of 1996. SmartREM will couple
SmartGATE with a TCP/IP mail server to enable secure registered e-mail over the
Internet. SmartREM will provide a mail system that authenticates the identity of
the sender of each message, guarantees delivery of the message to only the
addressee and encrypts the message during transit between the sender and the
receiver to ensure privacy of the data stream.
    
 
STRATEGY
 
   
     The Company's goal is to become the leading provider of comprehensive, open
and interoperable network security products that are convenient to the end user.
The Company's strategy to realize its goal contains the following elements:
    
 
   
     - Provide an Interoperable, Scaleable and Open Solution.  The Company
       intends to continue to provide network security products that operate on
       leading platforms and that are interoperable and compatible with other
       network security products. The flexible and open architecture of the
       Company's products enable the Company to deliver component technologies
       for a seamless and interoperable system. In addition, the Company's
       technology is scaleable, application-independent and designed both to
       integrate with existing technology as well as to support emerging
       standards and applications.
    
 
   
     - Augment and Integrate with Existing Security Products.  The Company will
       continue to offer products that interoperate with a wide variety of
       third-party security products, including firewalls and tokens, allowing a
       customer to augment existing network security systems. The Company
       believes that its technology protects a customer's existing network
       security investments because the Company's products are designed to
       integrate easily with point products currently employed by its customers.
       The Company believes that this strategy will enable it to gain access to
       potential customers who have previously made network security investments
       but whose network security needs are continuing to evolve.
    
 
     - Leverage Key Reference Accounts in Selected Vertical Markets.  The
       Company has identified strategic vertical markets that require
       sophisticated network security solutions. The Company has targeted its
       marketing and direct sales efforts on key participants within these
       selected vertical markets. By successfully installing its products at key
       accounts, the Company intends to leverage positive references from its
       installed customer base to expand its market penetration within those
       information critical
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   32
 
       industries. In the future, the Company intends to increase its marketing
       and sales efforts to expand its customer base in additional vertical
       markets, such as healthcare.
 
   
     - Develop and Leverage Strategic Alliances.  The Company has established
       strategic alliances to increase the distribution and market acceptance of
       its network security products including alliances with MCI and
       Software.com, Inc. ("Software.com"). The Company intends to continue to
       strengthen its existing strategic alliances while forging new
       relationships with key industry participants. In addition, the Company is
       exploring opportunities to develop new products and expand the
       functionality of its existing products through alliances with key vendors
       of complementary technologies.
    
 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
   
     The Company's network security products are designed to protect an
organization's information and networks from unauthorized access while allowing
users of the network to conduct business securely over the Internet and
intranets. These products have been designed to interoperate seamlessly and
enhance application functionality. The Company designs its products so that they
can be combined in different configurations to provide customized solutions for
its customers. The following table lists the Company's current products and
products under development:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      DATE OF
       PRODUCT            CATEGORY                       DESCRIPTION                 INTRODUCTION

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>            <C>                     <C>                                       <C>          
    SmartGATE(TM)  Client/server security  End-to-end, application level network       Q4 1995
                                           data security system providing
                                           two-factor identification, mutual
                                           authentication, encryption and access
                                           control
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    SmartWall(R)   Network perimeter       An application level, dual-homed            Q4 1994
                   security (firewall)     firewall that protects internal networks
                                           while enabling remote access to internal
                                           resources
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    SmartCAT(TM)   Smart card technology   Smart card client software that is          Q2 1994
                                           interoperable with third-party smart
                                           cards and smart card readers
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Online         Client/server token     A system that allows remote creation and    Q2 1996
    Registration   distribution            management of secure tokens and
    Service(TM)                            workstation configuration files
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    SmartREM(TM)   Secured e-mail          A system that allows authenticated and      Q3 1996
                                           encrypted message transfer between users  (proposed)
                                           of a secured messaging community
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Wallet         Electronic commerce     Electronic technology that enables          Q3 1995
    Technology(TM)                         secure payment transactions containing
                                           credit card information
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    NetChart(TM)   On-line financial       Stock performance analysis application      Q2 1996
                   analysis
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The statements made herein regarding scheduled release dates for the
Company's products under development and proposed enhancements are
forward-looking statements, and the actual release dates for such products or
enhancements could differ materially from those projected as a result of a
variety of factors, including the ability of the Company's engineers to solve
technical problems and test products, Company priorities, the availability of
development and other resources and other factors, including factors outside the
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   33
 
   
Company's control. There can be no assurance that the Company will not
experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development,
introduction and marketing of new products, or that new products and product
enhancements will meet the requirements of the marketplace or achieve market
acceptance. See "Risk Factors -- Changes in Technology and Industry Standards;
Risk of New Product Introduction."
    
 
   
     SmartGATE.  SmartGATE is designed to interoperate easily with most TCP/IP
based applications and to allow the end-user to securely use existing and future
software applications over the Internet and intranets. SmartGATE employs
two-factor identification (two independent components are combined to
authenticate a user) and mutual authentication (both the server and client
determine that the other party to the transaction is authorized to participate
in the transaction) through the use of virtual or physical smart cards.
    
 
   
     SmartGATE establishes a secured, encrypted link over an unsecured network
once both parties to a communication over the unsecured network have been
identified and authenticated. The authorized user is then granted access to only
those services and data for which the user has been approved. SmartGATE supports
secure remote administration, which can be accessed using a Web browser or
telnet. SmartGATE also supports the data encryption standard ("DES") (which, in
most forms, cannot be exported from the United States without the approval of
the State Department) and RSA's RC4 encryption algorithm (which is exportable).
    
 
   
     SmartGATE server software versions are available on a variety of leading
operating systems, including Berkeley Software Development, Inc.'s BSD/OS, Sun
Microsystems, Inc.'s SunOS, and Hewlett-Packard Company's HP-UX. SmartGATE
client supports Microsoft Corporation's Windows versions 3.0 and 3.1, Windows 95
and Windows NT. The Company believes that SmartGATE server software versions
will also be commercially available for Windows NT and Sun Microsystem, Inc.'s
Sun Solaris by the end of the third quarter of 1996. In addition, the Company
believes that SmartGATE client software versions will also be commercially
available for Apple Computer's Macintosh by the end of the third quarter of
1996. A turnkey version of SmartGATE server is available for BSD/OS on an Intel
Pentium hardware platform. The Company intends to support additional leading
hardware and software platforms based on specific market opportunities.
    
 
   
     SmartWall.  SmartWall, the Company's firewall product, provides a high
level of protection against unauthorized access to a secured network from an
unsecured network. SmartWall also allows transparent access from the secured
network to services and applications on the unsecured network. SmartWall
includes a secured graphical user interface for firewall administration, strong
mutual authentication to identify users and complete transparency for authorized
traffic. In addition, SmartWall allows multiple sites to be administered from
any location using a Web browser or telnet. SmartWall supports multiple types of
existing encryption products, authentication tokens, proxy services and secure
transmission channels. SmartGATE is fully integrated into every SmartWall. The
SmartWall firewall incorporates TIS's Gauntlet(TM) kernel.
    
 
   
     SmartWall software-only versions are currently available on a variety of
leading operating systems, including BSD/OS, SunOS and HP-UX. A SmartWall
turnkey system is currently available for BSD/OS. The Company intends to support
additional leading hardware and software platforms based on specific market
opportunities.
    
 
   
     SmartCAT.  The SmartCAT product, when used with the SmartGATE server,
provides two-factor identification and mutual authentication using physical
smart card technology. There are three key parts to the SmartCAT product: (i) a
standard smart card (ISO/IEC 7816-3, T=0 compliant), (ii) a smart card reader
designed by the Company, and (iii) the Company's proprietary SmartGATE client
software. Together these elements provide smart card-based encryption and
authentication services.
    
 
     Online Registration Service.  A user must be registered to access an
authentication-based system. The Online Registration Service product is a system
for efficient on-line enrollment of large user communities. The Online
Registration Service completely automates the creation and exchange of the
user's keys and initializes the user's default access privileges. The Online
Registration Service either creates a virtual smart card or formats a physical
smart card that contains a shared secret key that is PIN code protected.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   34
 
   
     SmartREM.  It is currently anticipated that the Company will introduce
SmartREM in the third-quarter of 1996. When introduced, SmartREM will provide a
private mail box environment for secured e-mail over the Internet or intranets.
SmartREM will combine SmartGATE and a TCP/IP mail server, enabling individuals
to initiate non-repudiable sessions for sending and receiving authenticated
messages within the same secured community. SmartREM is designed to address the
concern of interception or wrongful delivery of private or sensitive e-mail by
allowing users to send "registered" e-mail. For example, businesses will be able
to use SmartREM to securely send price quotes, volume discounts and other
sensitive information over the Internet from remote locations while ensuring
delivery of the data to only the intended addressee.
    
 
   
     Wallet Technology.  Wallet Technology enables secured electronic credit
card payment transactions over unsecured networks. Wallet Technology encrypts
the credit card information supplied by the purchaser and forwards that
information to the vendor. The vendor adds the purchase value to the encrypted
credit card information, and sends all of this information to the credit card
issuer/processor. The issuer/processor decodes this information and either
authorizes or rejects the purchaser's request. The Company's design does not
allow the vendor to view the unencrypted credit card information supplied by the
purchaser.
    
 
     NetChart.  NetChart is a stock performance analysis application. This
application was originally developed to demonstrate the Company's technology.
Recently, prospective and existing customers have expressed interest in using
this application.
 
   
     Network Security Consulting.  The Company's consulting staff provides pre-
and post-sales support, vulnerability analysis, performance analysis, systems
integration and system security architecture support. The Company's consulting
staff also provides fee-based engineering services. The Company believes that
maintaining a staff of nationally recognized consultants greatly enhances its
position as an innovative supplier of network security products.
    
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
   
     The Company believes that its technology and product architecture provide
it with an important competitive advantage. The cornerstone of the Company's
network security solution is its proprietary SmartGATE client/server security
product. SmartGATE enables two-factor identification, mutual authentication and
fine-grained access control for most TCP/IP-based client/server applications.
Using SmartGATE technology, organizations can employ two-factor identification
and mutual authentication to identify and authenticate a network user while
fine-grained access control restricts each user's access to only those services
to which the user is entitled.
    
 
     Two-Factor Identification.  Two-factor identification employs two
independent components to identify a user using an identity token contained in a
physical or virtual smart card. The information in the physical or virtual smart
card is secured by a PIN code that is set by the user and is not known by anyone
else. SmartCAT provides the means for accessing and using smart cards via smart
card readers. SmartGATE client provides the means for using virtual smart cards.
Both physical and virtual smart cards store information about the user including
the user's keys, which are used for authentication. The keys also contain
information that allow the SmartGATE client to authenticate the SmartGATE server
with which it communicates.
 
   
     Mutual Authentication.  Mutual authentication employs a dual set of
challenges and encrypted responses that interact to enable both the client and
the server to determine that the other party to the transaction is authorized to
participate in the transaction. SmartGATE's mutual authentication employs dual
challenges coupled with encrypted responses to ensure non-repudiation between
the two parties to an electronic transaction. When a client application attempts
to make a connection with an application service protected by a SmartGATE
server, the SmartGATE client performs a mutual authentication process with the
SmartGATE server protecting the application service. During the authentication
process, the SmartGATE server sends a challenge to the SmartGATE client, and the
SmartGATE client uses the secret keys on the physical or virtual smart card to
correctly respond to the challenge. In addition, the SmartGATE client sends a
challenge to the SmartGATE server, and the SmartGATE server must prove to the
SmartGATE client that the server is the issuer of the client's secret key.
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   35
 
   
     Fine-Grained Access Control.  Fine-grained access control employs access
control lists to compare an identified user's request for services against a
list of entitlements to determine whether to grant the user access to the
requested service. SmartGATE employs an access control list to define the
specific Web content page, file or host application that identified users are
permitted to use. If SmartGATE determines that the user is permitted to access
the requested service, the connection is passed through the SmartGATE server to
the requested service; otherwise the connection is dropped.
    
 
   
     In addition to providing identification, authentication and access control,
the SmartGATE client and server independently compute a session key for
encrypting the current TCP/IP data stream. The encryption key is computed based
on information exchanged during the authentication process and is never
transmitted over the network.
    
 
STRATEGIC ALLIANCES
 
   
     MCI.  The Company and MCI have entered into a reseller agreement providing
for MCI to purchase a minimum of $2,000,000 in V-ONE products. Under this
agreement, MCI has agreed to act as the exclusive reseller of the Company's
SmartGATE, SmartWall and SmartCAT products for resale and distribution to
colleges and universities in the United States. The Company believes that MCI is
planning to use the Company's technology to offer multi-purpose, secure campus
card programs to colleges and universities. See "-- The V-ONE
Solution -- Multi-purpose Smart Cards." The Company also believes that MCI
intends to promote this technology in other markets presently under
consideration. However, there can be no assurance that such V-ONE technology
will be adopted in whole or in part.
    
 
   
     Software.com.  The Company has entered into a strategic relationship with
Software.com for the joint deployment and implementation of SmartREM, a secured
electronic messaging system that will employ the Company's SmartGATE product and
Software.com's Post.Office product. The Company believes that the integration of
SmartGATE and Software.com's Post.Office product will provide Internet users
with the ability to communicate efficiently, effectively and securely.
Presently, e-mail communications over the Internet are not secure. The sender
cannot ascertain whether the intended receiver, in fact, received the message
and the receiver cannot authenticate the actual identity of the sender. The
strategic alliance with Software.com combines the Company's SmartGATE product
with Software.com's Post.Office product so that the Post.Office server, using
the Company's technology, authenticates each sender by means of two-factor
identification and mutual authentication (similar to the technology used by bank
ATM machines to dispense cash) and guarantees delivery only to the specified
addressee. In addition, the Post.Office product will notify the sender when the
addressee has retrieved the message (return receipt requested).
    
 
     The Software.com agreement expires on July 19, 1996; however, the agreement
provides for the automatic renewal for successive three month terms. The
agreement may be terminated for cause by either party upon thirty days' prior
written notice.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   36
 
CUSTOMERS
 
   
     The Company has identified strategic vertical markets that require
sophisticated network security solutions, including financial services,
telecommunications and information services companies and government entities.
The Company targets key participants within these industries that the Company
believes can benefit from the functionality, scaleability and interoperability
provided by its products. A representative list of the Company's customers
includes:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     TELECOMMUNICATIONS,
                                         INFORMATION
          FINANCIAL                  SERVICES AND OTHER                  GOVERNMENT
- -----------------------------   -----------------------------   -----------------------------
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
BancOne Corp.                   Computer Sciences Corporation   Bureau of Land Management
BayBank Systems, Inc.           GE Information Services, Inc.   National Security Agency
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.        MCI Telecommunications          NCTS Washington, a division
                                                                of
Fuji Capital Markets            Corporation                     the Department of the Navy
  Corporation
Svenska Handelsbank             Virtual Networks, Inc.          State of Utah
Visa International
</TABLE>
    
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     The Company markets its network security products through its direct sales
force and, to a lesser extent, through systems integrators, value-added
resellers ("VARs") and international distributors. The Company is currently
seeking to expand its sales and marketing staff and intends to devote additional
resources to marketing and business development activities in order to expand
its third-party distribution channels.
 
   
     Direct Marketing Effort.  The Company has concentrated its initial
marketing and direct sales efforts on key industry participants within certain
industry and market segments, including financial services, telecommunications
and information services companies and government agencies. The Company employs
a direct sales force to market its products to these key industry participants.
The Company's direct sales force solicits prospective customers and provides
technical advice and support with respect to the Company's products. As of June
30, 1996, the Company employed 12 direct sales representatives. In 1996, the
Company anticipates hiring additional direct sales representatives and opening
regional sales offices in select cities. In July 1996, the Company opened a
regional sales office in New York, New York.
    
 
   
     Indirect Marketing Effort.  An important component of the Company's sales
strategy is the development of indirect sales channels such as ISPs, systems
integrators and value-added network service providers. The Company utilizes
indirect sales channels to leverage the efforts of its direct sales force. For
example, in the secured messaging market, the Company has targeted ISPs like
VNI. The Company has initiated sales and marketing programs to sign up
integrators, VARs and original equipment manufacturers within the United States.
As of June 30, 1996, the Company had established relationships with four
integrators within the United States and has signed VAR agreements with MCI and
GEIS. As of June 30, 1996, the Company has established relationships with
international distributors in the United Kingdom, Sweden, Germany, Belgium,
South Africa and Australia, including relationships with Internet Solutions,
Ltd. in the United Kingdom and PromaCom A.B. in Sweden.
    
 
   
     Strategic Alliance Development.  The Company plans to increase market
penetration by developing and capitalizing upon strategic alliances. These
alliances are intended to increase the distribution and market acceptance of
V-ONE's network security products in markets where direct sales and traditional
indirect sales efforts are not cost effective. For example, the Company has
developed a strategic alliance with MCI to offer to colleges and universities a
multi-purpose, secure campus card program that integrates V-ONE technology with
MCI products and services. The Company has also entered into a strategic
alliance with Software.com that is designed to allow secure messaging over the
Internet. The Company intends to continue efforts to strengthen its existing
relationships while also forging new relationships with key industry
participants.
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   37
 
CUSTOMER SERVICE AND SUPPORT
 
   
     The Company believes that customer support and product maintenance is
critical to retaining existing customers and attracting prospective customers.
The Company provides on-site installation support and basic administrator
training with each turnkey hardware product sale. Each turnkey product comes
with 24 hours a day, seven days per week hardware and software support for 90
days. Upon expiration of the 90-day period, customers may purchase an annual
maintenance plan. Purchasers of the Company's software products may also
purchase annual maintenance plans. The annual maintenance plan provides
customers access to the Company's customer service line, technical support
personnel and software upgrades.
    
 
   
     The Company provides additional user or administrator training, on-site
support, vulnerability analysis, performance analysis, systems integration and
system security architecture support as an optional service through its
consulting staff. Additionally, the Company provides customer support services
for those customers who have entered into an evaluation agreement with the
Company.
    
 
   
     The Company intends to enhance its customer service system by adding a
toll-free line and developing a three-tier support system. The first tier of the
Company's enhanced customer support system will consist of help desk support
personnel accessing customer information and a problem database. Second tier
support for elevated problems will be provided by the Company's existing systems
engineering staff. Lastly, critical third tier problems will be addressed by the
Company's in-house consulting staff. The Company believes that moving to a
three-tier customer support system will increase its effectiveness and
responsiveness to meeting customer's expanding needs.
    
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
   
     The Company is expanding and intends to continue to expand its product
offerings to meet existing and evolving network security needs of organizations.
The Company's products and product enhancements are developed in response to
customer needs. Compatibility and interoperability with other applications are
strategic focuses of V-ONE's product development efforts. The Company intends to
continue to monitor emerging standards for networking and security, and adapt
its suite of products to encompass these standards. In keeping with the
Company's customer-driven product strategy, the Company will also focus on
developing business partnerships with other companies that provide security
related services and exploiting new market opportunities.
    
 
   
     The market for the Company's products is dynamic and rapidly changing. The
Company believes that its future success will depend upon its ability to: (i)
enhance its existing products, (ii) identify new opportunities to leverage
existing technologies, and (iii) develop new technologies resulting in new
products, markets and services. Accordingly, the Company expects to continue to
make a significant investment in research and development, product market
analysis and systems integration. The Company believes that its customer-driven
development strategy will enable it to continue to broaden its product
offerings.
    
 
   
COMPETITION
    
 
     The market for network security products and services is intensely
competitive. The Company expects competition to intensify in the future.
 
   
     Currently, the Company competes in several different markets: Internet and
intranet perimeter security and access control (firewalls), token
authentication, smart card-based security applications and electronic commerce
applications. The Company's principal competitors for Internet and intranet
perimeter security and access control include Advanced Network and Services (a
subsidiary of America Online, Inc.), Bay Networks, Inc., Border Network
Technologies, Inc., Check Point Software Technology Ltd., Cisco Systems, Inc.,
Digital Equipment Corporation, Harris Computer Systems Corporation,
International Business Machines Corporation, Milkyway Networks Corporation,
Morningstar Technologies, Inc., Network Systems Corporation, Raptor Systems,
Inc., Secure Computing Corporation, Sun Microsystems, Inc. and TIS, which owns
the Gauntlet(TM) kernel and licenses it to the Company.
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   38
 
   
     The Company competes to a lesser degree with token vendors because the
Company's SmartGATE product supports many vendor tokens. Token vendors include
CRYPTOCard Inc., Digital Pathways, Inc., Leemah DataCom Security Corporation,
National Semiconductor Inc., Racal-Guardata, Inc., and Security Dynamics.
Security Dynamics has recently agreed to acquire RSA. RSA's data encryption and
authentication technology is licensed to and incorporated within certain
products of the Company. As a result, Security Dynamics may become a more
substantial competitor of the Company.
    
 
     For smart card-based security applications, the Company principally
competes with those token vendors listed above who offer smart card technology.
 
   
     The Company's principal competitors in electronic commerce applications are
Netscape Communication's Secure Socket Layer, Open Market Inc.'s Secure HTTP and
Cylink Corporation's transaction software.
    
 
   
     Because of the rapid expansion of the network security market, the Company
will face competition from existing and new entrants, possibly including the
Company's customers, suppliers and/or resellers. There can be no assurance that
the Company's competitors will not develop network security products that may be
more effective than the Company's current or future products or that the
Company's technologies and products would not be rendered obsolete by such
developments.
    
 
   
     Many of the Company's current and potential competitors have longer
operating histories, greater name recognition, larger installed customer bases
and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the
Company. As a result, they may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging
technologies and changes in customer requirements, or to devote greater
resources to the promotion and sale of their products, than the Company. There
can be no assurance that the Company's customers will not perceive the products
of such other companies as substitutes for the Company's products.
    
 
   
     The Company believes that the principal competitive factors affecting the
market for network security products include effectiveness, scope of product
offerings, technical features, ease of use, reliability, customer service and
support, name recognition, distribution resources and cost. Current and
potential competitors have established, or may establish in the future,
strategic alliances to increase their ability to compete for the Company's
prospective customers. Accordingly, it is possible that new competitors or
alliances may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. Increased
competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of
market share, which would materially adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Risk
Factors -- Competition."
    
 
BACKLOG
 
   
     Orders for the Company's products are usually placed by customers on an
as-needed basis and the Company has typically been able to ship products within
30 days after the customer submits a firm purchase order. The Company does not
generally maintain long-term contracts with its customers that require customers
to purchase its products. Accordingly, the Company has not maintained and does
not anticipate maintaining a backlog. See "Risk Factors -- Anticipated
Fluctuations in Quarterly Results," "-- Long Sales Cycle; Seasonality" and
"-- Risk of Defects and Development Delays."
    
 
SUPPLY SOURCES
 
   
     Components used in the Company's network security products consist
primarily of computer diskettes and computer magnetic tapes purchased from
commercial vendors. Components used in the Company's turnkey SmartWall and
SmartGATE server products consist primarily of off-the-shelf computers, memory,
displays, power supplies and third-party peripherals (such as hard drives and
network interface cards).
    
 
     The Company has agreements with at least two vendors for each of its parts
and components. However, the Company orders most of each of its parts and
components from a single vendor to maintain quality control and enhance working
relationships. The Company obtains most of the hardware for its turnkey systems
from Beltron Computers, a subsidiary of DBA MAX Technology Corp. The Company
uses smart card readers manufactured by two contract manufacturers based on the
Company's design specifications.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   39
 
   
     While the Company believes that alternative sources of supply could be
obtained, the Company's inability to develop alternative sources if and as
required in the future could result in delays or reductions in product shipments
that could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
    
 
REGULATION AND GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS
 
   
     The Company's information security products are subject to the export
restrictions administered by the U.S. Department of State, which permit the
export of encryption products only with the required level of export license.
For example, there are two versions of the SmartGATE client. One supports DES
for bulk encryption and can only be exported from the United States for
financial transactions. The other supports RC4 (an encryption algorithm) for
bulk encryption and is exportable. In addition, these U.S. export laws prohibit
the export of encryption products to a number of hostile countries. Although to
date the Company has been able to secure all required U.S. export licenses,
there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be able to secure
such licenses in a timely manner in the future, or at all. See "Risk
Factors -- Risk of Sales to U.S. Government," "-- International Sales" and
"-- Effect of Government Regulation of Technology Exports."
    
 
     In certain foreign countries, the Company's distributors are required to
secure licenses or formal permission before encryption products can be imported.
To date, except for certain limited cases, the Company's distributors have not
been denied permission to import the Company's products.
 
LICENSE AGREEMENTS
 
   
     Trusted Information Systems, Inc. Agreement.  The Company's license
agreement with TIS requires the Company to pay a fee (which varies based on the
number of units licensed) for each unit of the Gauntlet(TM) product licensed for
use in SmartWall. The license expires on December 31, 1996; however, the
agreement provides for the automatic renewal of the Company's license rights for
successive three year terms. Either party may terminate the agreement upon the
default of the other party if the defaulting party has failed to cure the
default within 30 days of the receipt of written notice of default. See "Risk
Factors -- Dependence on Key Licensing Agreements, External Resources and
Suppliers."
    
 
   
     RSA Data Security, Inc. Agreement.  The Company's SmartCAT and Wallet
Technology software incorporate data encryption and authentication technology
owned by RSA. The Company has a perpetual license agreement with RSA, which
became effective as of December 30, 1994. On May 23, 1996, RSA exercised an
option granted under the agreement to convert its right to receive future
royalties into 2% of the Company's outstanding voting securities, after giving
effect to the issuance to RSA, until the date of the Company's initial public
offering. Pursuant to a separate agreement between RSA and MIT, MIT is entitled
to receive a portion of any royalties that RSA receives. As a result, the
Company will issue directly to MIT a portion of the shares of Common Stock to
which RSA is entitled under the RSA Agreement. The Company has reserved a total
of 188,705 shares of Common Stock to be issued to RSA and MIT immediately prior
to consummation of the Offering. Either party may terminate the agreement upon
the default of the other party if the defaulting party has failed to cure the
default within 30 days of the receipt of written notice of default. RSA has
announced that it will be acquired by Security Dynamics. There is no assurance
that the change in control of RSA will not adversely affect the Company's
business relationship with RSA. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Key Licensing
Agreements, External Resources and Suppliers" and "-- Intellectual Property
Rights; Infringement Claims."
    
 
   
PATENTS, PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES
    
 
   
     The Company relies on trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret laws,
employee and third-party non-disclosure agreements and other methods to protect
its proprietary rights. The Company has pending three patent applications with
the United States Patent and Trademark Office that cover certain aspects of its
technology. Prosecution of these patent applications and any other patent
applications that the Company may subsequently determine to file may require the
expenditure of substantial resources. The issuance of a patent
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   40
 
   
from a patent application may require 24 months or longer. There can be no
assurance that the Company's technology will not become obsolete while the
Company's applications for patents are pending. There also can be no assurance
that any pending or future patent application will be granted, that any future
patents will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or that the rights
granted thereunder will provide competitive advantages to the Company. Further,
the Company has not pursued patent protection outside of the United States for
the technology covered by two of the pending patent applications. The Company
currently intends to pursue patent protection outside of the United States for
the technology covered by the most recently filed patent application although
there can be no assurance that any such protection will be granted or, if
granted, that it will adequately protect the technology covered thereby.
    
 
   
     The Company's success is also dependent in part upon its proprietary
software technology. There can be no assurance that the Company's trade secrets
or non-disclosure agreements will provide meaningful protection for its
proprietary technology and other proprietary information. In addition, the
Company relies on "shrink wrap" license agreements that are not signed by the
end user to license the Company's products and, therefore, may be unenforceable
under the laws of certain jurisdictions. Further, there can be no assurance that
others will not independently develop similar technologies or duplicate any
technology developed by the Company or that its technology will not infringe
upon patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights owned by others.
    
 
   
     Further, the Company may be subject to additional risk as it enters into
transactions in countries where intellectual property laws are not well
developed or are poorly enforced. Legal protections of the Company's rights may
be ineffective in foreign markets, and technology manufactured or sold abroad
may not be protectable in jurisdictions in circumstances where protection is
ordinarily available in the United States.
    
 
     The Company believes that, due to the rapid pace of technological
innovation for network security products, the Company's ability to establish
and, if established, maintain a position of technology leadership in the
industry is dependent more upon the skills of its development personnel than
upon legal protections afforded its existing or future technology.
 
   
     As the number of security products in the industry increases and the
functionality of these products further overlaps, software developers may become
subject to infringement claims. There can be no assurance that third parties
will not assert infringement claims against the Company in the future with
respect to current or future products. The Company also may desire or be
required to obtain licenses from others in order to effectively develop, produce
and market commercially viable products. Failure to obtain those licenses could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's ability to market its software
security products. There can be no assurance that such licenses will be
obtainable on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, that the patents
underlying such licenses will be valid and enforceable or that the proprietary
nature of the unpatented technology underlying such licenses will remain
proprietary.
    
 
   
     There has been, and the Company believes that there may be in the future,
significant litigation in the industry regarding patent and other intellectual
property rights. Although the Company is not currently the subject of any
intellectual property litigation, litigation involving other software
developers, including companies from which the Company licenses certain
technology, could have a material adverse affect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Risk Factors -- Intellectual
Property Rights; Infringement Claims."
    
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
     As of June 30, 1996, the Company had 57 full-time employees. Of these
employees, 19 were in development, 24 were in sales and marketing, 6 were in
customer support and 8 were in finance and administration. None of the Company's
employees is represented by a labor union or is subject to a collective
bargaining agreement. The Company has never experienced a work stoppage and
believes that its employee relations are good.
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   41
 
FACILITIES
 
     The Company leases approximately 10,700 square feet of office space in
Rockville, Maryland under a lease agreement that will expire on April 17, 2001.
The Company expects that this space will be sufficient for its needs through
August 30, 1996. The Company is currently evaluating and intends to lease
additional office space as necessary.
 
   
     The Company also leases office space in New York, New York and in San
Francisco, California under leases that expire on January 14, 1997.
    
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   42
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
   
     The executive officers and directors of the Company, and their respective
ages at June 30, 1996, are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                    AGE                        POSITION
- -------------------------------------   ---
<S>                                     <C>    <C>
James F. Chen(1).....................   45     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jieh-Shan Wang.......................   41     Senior Vice President of Engineering
Robert W. Rybicki....................   51     Vice President of Indirect Channels
Frederick J. Hitt....................   52     Vice President of Technology
William C. Wilson....................   41     Vice President of Business Development
Barnaby M. Page......................   32     Vice President of Direct Sales
Chansothi Um.........................   27     Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer
Marcus J. Ranum......................   33     Chief Scientist
Charles C. Chen(1)(2)................   41     Secretary and Director
Hai Hua Cheng(3).....................   47     Director
Harry S. Gruner(2)(3)................   37     Director
William E. Odom(2)...................   64     Director
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) Member of the Executive Committee.
    
 
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
   
(3) Member of the Compensation Committee.
    
 
   
     JAMES F. CHEN founded the Company in February 1993 and has since served as
its President, Chief Executive Officer and a director. From 1980 to 1990, Mr.
Chen managed INTELSAT's world-wide ground network engineering projects. From
1990 to January 1993, he managed the INTELSAT Ground Network Engineering
Department and, from March 1992 to January 1993, he also directed its Management
Information Systems Division. Mr. Chen holds an M.S. in Computer Science from
George Washington University in 1977 and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from
Georgia Institute of Technology in 1973. He is Charles C. Chen's brother.
    
 
   
     JIEH-SHAN WANG, PH.D. has been with the Company since its inception and has
served as the Company's Senior Vice President of Engineering since April 1996.
From August 1995 to April 1996, Dr. Wang served as the Company's Vice President
of Engineering and, from April 1994 to August 1995, he served as Chief Engineer.
Dr. Wang was with INTELSAT from June 1991 to April 1994, as Senior Systems
Engineer, where he led a team of engineers in the development of network
applications. Dr. Wang holds a Ph.D. in Physics from the University of Maryland
and holds a B.S. in Physics from National Taiwan University.
    
 
   
     ROBERT W. RYBICKI has served as the Company's Vice President of Indirect
Channels since May 1996. From October 1995 to May 1996, Mr. Rybicki served as
the Company's Vice President of Business Development. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Rybicki was Vice President of Marketing and Customer Support for
Spyglass Inc. from July 1994 to September 1995 and Vice President of North
American Sales for Kubota Pacific from October 1990 to June 1994. Mr. Rybicki
holds an M.B.A. in Finance and a B.S. in Accounting from the University of
Detroit.
    
 
   
     FREDERICK J. HITT has served as Vice President of Technology since he
joined the Company in January 1996. From August 1981 to January 1996, Mr. Hitt
was with GEIS holding a number of technology-related positions including Manager
of Software Engineering, Manager of Quality Design-Business Talk Products,
Manager of Software Development and, most recently, Principal Consultant.
    
 
   
     WILLIAM C. WILSON has served as the Company's Vice President of Business
Development since May 1996. From April 1995 to May 1996, Mr. Wilson served as
the Company's Vice President of Operations and, from December 1994 to April
1995, he served as Director of Business Development. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Wilson provided consulting services to the Company from August 1994
to December 1994 and
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   43
 
served as an independent consultant from August 1985 to November 1994. Mr.
Wilson holds a B.S. in Journalism and Economics from Ohio State University,
School of Agriculture.
 
   
     BARNABY M. PAGE has served as the Company's Vice President of Direct Sales
since June 1996. From October 1995 to June 1996, Mr. Page served as the
Company's Director of Sales and, from August 1995 to October 1995, as Manager of
Commercial Sales. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Page served as Regional
Sales Manger for DiBiasio & Edgington, Inc. from January 1993 to August 1995 and
as Regional Sales Representative for Thompson Financial Services from July 1992
to December 1992. From July 1990 to July 1992, Mr. Page was a Sales
Representative with Bloomberg Financial Markets. Mr. Page earned a Certificate
in International Relations and Economics from the University of Copenhagen,
Denmark, and holds a B.A. in Political Science and Journalism from the
University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
    
 
   
     CHANSOTHI UM has served as the Company's Treasurer and acting Chief
Financial Officer since January 1996. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Um was a
consultant with the Strategic Services Practice of Andersen Consulting from
August 1995 to January 1996. From May 1994 to August 1994, Mr. Um served as a
Financial Analyst at Philip Morris Companies and, from June 1991 to August 1993,
he served as a Project Engineer at Kraft General Foods. Mr. Um holds an M.B.A.
in Finance from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S.
in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
    
 
   
     MARCUS J. RANUM has served as the Company's Chief Scientist since October
1995. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Ranum was an independent consultant from
June 1995 to October 1995. From January 1993 to June 1995, Mr. Ranum served as
Senior Scientist at TIS and, from August 1990 to November 1992, he served as a
consultant for Digital Equipment Corporation. In both positions, Mr. Ranum
designed, developed and deployed network security products. Mr. Ranum holds a
B.A. in Psychology from Johns Hopkins University.
    
 
   
     CHARLES C. CHEN, D.D.S., has served as a director of the Company since
February 1993 and as the Company's Secretary since December 12, 1995. Since July
1982, Dr. Chen has practiced periodontics with Zupnik, Winson & Chen, D.D.S.P.A.
Dr. Chen holds a D.D.S. from the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, University
of Maryland, and a B.S. in Chemistry from the University of Maryland. He is
James F. Chen's brother.
    
 
   
     HAI HUA CHENG has served as a director of the Company since September 1995.
Mr. Cheng is the majority owner of Scientek Corporation in Taiwan and since
August 1979 has served as Vice-President and a director of that company. Mr.
Cheng is also the principal owner of Scientek Private Venture Capital and has
served as a director of that company since March 1990. In addition, Mr. Cheng
has served as a director of United Test Center Inc. (Taiwan) since March 1995.
Mr. Cheng holds a B.S. in Computer and Control Engineering from National Chiao
Tung University.
    
 
   
     HARRY S. GRUNER has served as a director of the Company since June 1996.
Since November 1992, he has been a general partner of JMI Equity Fund, a private
equity investment partnership. From August 1986 to October 1992, Mr. Gruner was
a principal with Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated. Mr. Gruner is also a director
of Brock International, Inc., a developer, marketer and supporter of software
systems, Jackson Hewitt, Inc., an income tax processing company, the META Group,
Inc., a syndicated information technology research company, and Hyperion
Software, Inc., a financial software company, and numerous other privately held
companies. Mr. Gruner holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.A. in
History from Yale University.
    
 
   
     (RETIRED) LT. GEN. WILLIAM E. ODOM has served as a director of the Company
since June 1996. Since October 1988, General Odom has served as Director of
National Security Studies at the Hudson Institute. He has also served as an
adjunct professor at Yale University since January 1989. Prior to his retirement
from the military in 1988, General Odom held several military posts including,
Director of the National Security Agency, Assistant Chief of Staff for
Intelligence and Military Assistant to the National Security Advisor during the
Carter Administration. He is also a director of Nichols Research Corporation.
General Odom holds an M.A. and Ph.D. from Columbia University and a B.S. from
West Point.
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   44
 
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND BOARD COMMITTEES
 
   
     The business of the Company will be managed under the direction of the
Company's Board of Directors. The Company's Restated Bylaws authorize a
seven-member Board of Directors. Currently the Board of Directors consists of 5
directors. The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for a
classified Board of Directors. The terms of the Board of Directors are: Class I
(Harry S. Gruner) will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held
in 1997, Class II (Charles C. Chen and Hai Hua Cheng) will expire at the annual
meeting of shareholders to be held in 1998, and Class III (James F. Chen and
William E. Odom) will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in
1999. At each annual meeting of shareholders beginning with the 1997 annual
meeting, the successors to directors whose terms will then expire will be
elected to serve until the third annual meeting following election and until
their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Any additional
directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be
distributed among the three classes so that as nearly as possible, each class
will consist of an equal number of directors. The Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and Restated Bylaws provide that a director may be removed at any
time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of 67% or more of the
outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote at an election of directors
at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose.
    
 
   
     The Company's Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee ("Audit
Committee") to recommend the firm to be appointed as independent accountants to
audit the Company's financial statements and to perform services related to the
audit, review the scope and results of the audit with the independent
accountants, review with management and the independent accountants the
Company's year-end operating results and consider the adequacy of the internal
accounting procedures. The Audit Committee consists of 3 directors, none of whom
are employees of the Company.
    
 
   
     The Company's Board of Directors has also established a Compensation
Committee ("Compensation Committee") and an Executive Committee ("Executive
Committee"). The Compensation Committee, which consists of 2 directors, reviews
and recommends the compensation arrangements for all directors and officers,
approves such arrangements for other senior level employees and administers and
takes such other action as may be required in connection with certain
compensation and incentive plans of the Company. The Executive Committee, which
consists of 2 directors, addresses significant corporate, operating and
management matters between meetings of the full Board of Directors.
    
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
     Summary Compensation
    
 
     The following table sets forth compensation paid to the Chief Executive
Officer during the year ended December 31, 1995. The Company had no executive
officers whose salary plus bonus exceeded $100,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1995.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                 ---------------------------------------     ALL OTHER
         NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION             YEAR    SALARY     BONUS       OTHER       COMPENSATION
- ----------------------------------------------   ----    ------    -------    ----------    ------------
<S>                                              <C>     <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>
James F. Chen.................................   1995      --      $18,000    $ 2,213(1)     $ 3,060(2)
  (President, Chief Executive Officer and
  Director)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) Represents payments made by the Company to finance Mr. Chen's automobile.
 
(2) Represents health insurance premiums paid by the Company.
 
   
     Option Grants
    
 
   
     James F. Chen, the Company's President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director does not currently hold, nor has he ever been granted, options to
purchase the Company's Common Stock.
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   45
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     1995 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan
 
   
     In May 1995, the Company adopted the 1995 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan
("1995 Plan") under which stock options may be awarded to key employees of the
Company. The 1995 Plan was ratified by the Company's shareholders at the 1996
annual meeting held on June 28, 1996. As of June 30, 1996, 8 employees and 1
former employee have received awards under the 1995 Plan.
    
 
   
     Stock Option Awards.  Stock options ("Non-Qualified Options") that do not
meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended ("Code"), are available for grant under the 1995 Plan. The term of each
Non-Qualified Option is determined by the committee of the Board of Directors
that administers the 1995 Plan, but no option is exercisable more than ten years
after the date of grant. Unless otherwise provided in an employee's option
agreement, Non-Qualified Options granted under the 1995 Plan expire ten years
from the date of grant and are exercisable in three equal installments over a
twenty-four month period. Non-Qualified Options also may be subject to
restrictions on exercise, as determined by the Committee.
    
 
     The exercise price for Non-Qualified Options may be no less than par value
per share. The exercise price is payable by either a check in the amount of the
purchase price or by previously owned shares of Common Stock with a market value
equal to the purchase price.
 
     Non-Qualified Options granted under the 1995 Plan are not transferable by
the Optionee during an employee's lifetime. Unless otherwise provided in the
employee's option agreement, Non-Qualified Options will be exercisable within
three months of any termination of employment.
 
   
     Duration of the Plan; Share Authorization.  The 1995 Plan will remain in
effect until May 15, 2005, unless terminated earlier by the Company's Board of
Directors. Awards have been issued with respect to 352,293 shares of Common
Stock. Such shares of Common Stock have an aggregate market value of
approximately $3.2 million based on the initial offering price of $9.00.
    
 
     On June 12, 1996, the Board determined that no further options would be
granted under the 1995 Plan.
 
   
     1995 Plan Administration.  The 1995 Plan is administered by the
Compensation Committee. The 1995 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee to
grant Non-Qualified Options to key employees to purchase up to 352,293 shares of
Common Stock and to determine the employees to whom Non-Qualified Options will
be granted, the number of shares subject to each Non-Qualified Option and
applicable vesting schedules.
    
 
   
     The members of the Compensation Committee are appointed by the Board. The
Compensation Committee must be comprised of at least two members. Members of the
Compensation Committee are eligible to receive options under the 1995 Plan,
provided that such members do not participate in the decision to grant
themselves options.
    
 
     Transferability; Repurchase Right.  Each employee who receives an award
under the 1995 Plan is prohibited from transferring or otherwise disposing of
the underlying shares of Common Stock until 180 days have elapsed following such
time the Company has consummated the Offering. However, shares of Common Stock
may be used to pay the exercise price of Non-Qualified Options.
 
     Upon an employee's termination of employment with the Company, the Company
has the right to repurchase any or all of the shares of Common Stock issued to
the employee with respect to Non-Statutory Options granted under the 1995 Plan,
whether then held by the employee or a transferee. The Company's right to
repurchase shares of Common Stock terminates once the Offering is consummated.
 
   
     Termination and Amendment.  The 1995 Plan may be terminated, modified or
amended by the Company's shareholders. Although the Board of Directors may
terminate, modify or amend the 1995 Plan to conform to any change in law or
regulation, the Board of Directors may not, without shareholder approval, (i)
increase the maximum number of shares as to which Non-Statutory Options may be
granted under the Plan; (ii) change the class of employees eligible to be
granted Non-Qualified Options, (iii) increase the periods during which
Non-Qualified Options may be granted or exercised or (iv) provide for the
administra-
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   46
 
tion of the Plan by other than the Committee. No termination, modification or
amendment may be made to the 1995 Plan without the consent of any employee whose
rights would be adversely affected thereby.
 
   
     Awards Made.  As of June 30, 1996, Non-Qualified Options to purchase
350,959 shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the 1995 Plan.
    
 
     Further information regarding the awards made to date is set forth in the
table below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                                OF COMMON STOCK      EXERCISE PRICE
                            NAME                               UNDERLYING OPTION       (OR RANGE)
- ------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------    ----------------
<S>                                                            <C>                  <C>
James F. Chen
  (President, Chief Executive Officer and Director).........          --                   --
William C. Wilson
  (Vice President of Business Development)..................        133,333             $0.4245
Barnaby M. Page
  (Vice President of Direct Sales)..........................        104,002              $2.505
Ban L. Eap
  (Controller)..............................................         32,960              $2.505
Robert A. Dorsey
  (Manager of Government Sales).............................         26,666             $0.4245
James V. Reed
  (Manager of Communications)...............................         20,000             $0.4245
John T. Tralka
  (Senior Programmer).......................................         20,000             $0.4245
All executive officers as a group...........................        237,335         $0.4245 - $2.505
All employees who are not executive officers as a group.....        114,958         $0.4245 - $4.50
All directors who are not executive officers as a group.....          --                   --
</TABLE>
    
 
     For a description of the principal federal income tax consequences of the
1995 Plan, see "-- 1996 Incentive Stock Plan -- Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences."
 
     1996 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan
 
   
     The Company's 1996 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan ("Non-Statutory Plan")
was adopted by the Board of Directors on April 4, 1996. The Non-Statutory Plan
provides for the grant of options to purchase Common Stock subject to certain
restrictions on transfer ("Restricted Stock"). The Non-Statutory Plan expires on
December 31, 1996 and is administered by the Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan
Committee of the Board of Directors. The purchase price per share under each
option granted is an amount equal to the fair market value of the underlying
share on the date the option is granted. Each option granted under the Non-
Statutory Plan is exercisable during the period beginning on the date the option
is granted and ending on December 31, 1996. As of May 15, 1996 all options
granted under the Non-Statutory Plan had been exercised and a total of 383,965
shares of Restricted Stock had been issued.
    
 
   
     In connection with their exercise of options granted under the
Non-Statutory Plan, the optionees, including certain executive officers, paid
the par value of the Restricted Stock in cash and executed promissory notes in
favor of the Company as consideration for the remaining purchase price of the
Restricted Stock. See "Certain Transactions." Five of the six optionees have
executed promissory notes with terms of 10 years that are secured by the
Restricted Stock purchased therewith, bearing a 6% per annum interest rate, with
installments of principal and interest due annually. One of the optionees has
executed a one-year promissory note, bearing a 6% per annum interest rate, with
payment of principal and interest due at the expiration of the promissory note's
one-year term.
    
 
     Each optionee may make payments to the Company to reduce the principal
amount of his or her promissory note with the Restricted Stock serving as
collateral therefor; however, if the fair market value of such consideration is
less than the then outstanding portion of the indebtedness being satisfied
therewith, each
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   47
 
promissory note provides that the optionee bears personal liability for the
disparity. Each promissory note may be prepaid without penalty.
 
     The Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or
otherwise disposed of for six years from the date the option to purchase the
shares was granted. As long as this restriction remains in effect, no holder of
Restricted Stock has the right to vote the restricted shares for any purpose.
All voting rights with respect to the Restricted Stock are to be exercised by a
majority vote of the Board of Directors. The restrictions lapse 180 days after
the consummation of the Offering or the acquisition of the Company in exchange
for publicly traded shares.
 
     On June 12, 1996, the Company's Board of Directors determined that no
further options will be granted under the Non-Statutory Plan.
 
     1996 Incentive Stock Plan
 
   
     On June 12, 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 1996
Incentive Stock Plan ("1996 Plan"), under which both options and restricted
share awards may be made to the Company's key employees and consultants. Under
the 1996 Plan, automatic stock option awards are made to non-employee directors.
The 1996 Plan was ratified by the Company's shareholders at the 1996 annual
meeting held on June 28, 1996.
    
 
   
     Awards Available Under the 1996 Plan.  Awards to key employees and
consultants under the 1996 Plan may take the form of both stock options and
restricted share awards; however, no employee may receive awards with respect to
more than 500,000 shares of Common Stock under the 1996 Plan. As of June 30,
1996, approximately 57 employees were eligible to receive awards under the 1996
Plan. Awards under the 1996 Plan may be granted alone or in combination with
other awards. Non-employee directors may only receive non-discretionary stock
option awards (described in more detail below) under the 1996 Plan. As of June
30, 1996, two of the Company's non-employee directors received options under the
1996 Plan.
    
 
   
     Stock Options.  Stock options ("Incentive Stock Options") meeting the
requirements of Section 422 of the Code and stock options that do not meet such
requirements ("Non-Qualified Options") are both available for grant under the
1996 Plan. The term of each option will be determined by the Compensation
Committee, but no option will be exercisable more than ten years after the date
of grant. Options will also be subject to restrictions on exercise, such as
exercise in periodic installments, as determined by the Committee. The exercise
price for an Incentive Stock Option must be at least 100% of the fair market
value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of such option (110% in
the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to a shareholder who owns in excess
of 10% of the Company's voting stock). There is no minimum exercise price for
Non-Qualified Options. The exercise price is payable in cash, in shares of
Common Stock owned by a participant, with respect to Non-Qualified Options, a
promissory note payable to the Company or by cashless exercise with a
participant's broker, as determined by the Committee.
    
 
     Stock options granted under the 1996 Plan are not transferable except by
will or the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided in the
relevant option agreement, options will only be exercisable within three months
of any termination of employment other than termination for "cause" or
termination due to death or disability. Unless otherwise provided in the
relevant option agreement, options will be exercisable by a participant or
beneficiary, as the case may be, within one year of a termination of employment
by reason of death or disability. If a participant's employment is terminated
for "cause," his or her options will no longer be exercisable after the date of
such termination of employment unless the option agreement provides otherwise.
 
   
     The Compensation Committee may provide, at the time of grant of Incentive
Stock Options and at or after the time of grant of Non-Qualified Options, that,
if a participant surrenders already owned shares of Common Stock in full or
partial payment of an option, then, concurrent with such surrender, the
participant, subject to the availability of shares of Common Stock under the
1996 Plan, will be granted a new Non-Qualified Option (a "Reload Option")
covering a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number so surrendered.
A Reload Option may be granted in connection with the exercise of an option that
is itself a Reload Option. Each Reload Option will have the same expiration date
as the original option and an exercise
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   48
 
   
price equal to the fair market value of the Company's shares of Common Stock on
the date of grant of the Reload Option. A Reload Option is exercisable
immediately or at such time or times as the Compensation Committee determines
and will be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Compensation
Committee may prescribe.
    
 
   
     Restricted Shares.  The Compensation Committee may award restricted shares
to a participant. Such a grant gives a participant the right to receive shares
of Common Stock subject to a risk of forfeiture based upon certain conditions.
The forfeiture restrictions on the shares of Common Stock may be based upon
performance standards, length of service, or other criteria as the Compensation
Committee may determine. Until all restrictions are satisfied, lapsed, or
waived, the Company will maintain control over the restricted shares but the
participant will be able to vote the shares of Common Stock and generally will
be entitled to dividends on the shares of Common Stock. Upon termination of
employment, the participant generally forfeits the right to the shares of Common
Stock to the extent the applicable performance standards, length of service
requirements or other measurement criteria have not been met.
    
 
   
     Non-Employee Director Options.  The 1996 Plan provides for the automatic
grant of a Non-Qualified Option to purchase 6,666 shares of Common Stock to each
non-employee director on the first date he or she is elected as such by the
Company's shareholders. However, non-employee directors who are first elected as
such by the Company's shareholders prior to the 1996 annual meeting are not
entitled to receive such an option. The option price is the fair market value of
a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of such option. All such options
have a five year term and are exercisable in full on the date of grant. On June
28, 1996, Harry S. Gruner and William E. Odom were elected to the Board of
Directors. In connection with such election, each director received an option to
purchase 6,666 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $9.00 per share
under the 1996 Plan.
    
 
     If a non-employee director's service with the Company terminates by reason
of death, his or her option may be exercised for a period of one year from the
date of death or until the expiration of the option, whichever is shorter. If a
non-employee director's service with the Company terminates other than by reason
of death, his or her option may be exercised for a period of three months from
the date of such termination, or until the expiration of the stated term of the
option, whichever is shorter.
 
   
     Duration of the 1996 Plan; Share Authorization.  The 1996 Plan will remain
in effect until June 11, 2006, unless terminated earlier by the Company's Board
of Directors. Awards may be issued with respect to up to 2,333,333 shares of
Common Stock. Such shares of Common Stock have an aggregate market value of
approximately $21.0 million based on the initial public offering price of $9.00.
    
 
   
     In the event the purchase price of an option is paid or tax or withholding
payments relating to an award are satisfied, in whole or in part through the
delivery of already owned shares of Common Stock, a participant will be deemed
to have received an award with respect to those shares of Common Stock. The
Common Stock covered by any unexercised portions of terminated options, shares
of Common Stock forfeited and shares of Common Stock subject to awards that are
otherwise surrendered by a participant without receiving any payment or other
benefit with respect thereto may again be subject to new awards under the 1996
Plan.
    
 
   
     1996 Plan Administration.  The 1996 Plan is administered by the
Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is currently comprised solely
of non-employee directors who are not eligible to participate in the 1996 Plan
except with respect to certain automatic, non-discretionary stock option awards,
as described above. The Compensation Committee determines the key employees and
consultants who are eligible for and granted awards, determines the amount and
type of awards, determines the duration of the option (which may not exceed ten
years), establishes rules and guidelines relating to the 1996 Plan, establishes,
modifies and terminates terms and conditions of awards and takes such other
action as may be necessary for the proper administration of the 1996 Plan.
    
 
   
     The members of the Compensation Committee are appointed by the Board. As
directors, members of the Compensation Committee may be removed at any time but
only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 67% or more of
the outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock entitled to vote generally
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   49
 
in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at
a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose.
 
     Transferability; Repurchase Right.  Each participant who receives an award
under the 1996 Plan is prohibited from transferring or otherwise disposing of
the underlying shares of Common Stock until 180 days have elapsed following such
time as the Company has consummated the Offering. However, shares of Common
Stock may be used to pay the exercise price of options and to pay withholding
and other taxes as otherwise provided in the 1996 Plan.
 
   
     Upon a participant's termination of employment, the Company has the right
to repurchase any or all of the shares of Common Stock issued to the participant
with respect to awards made under the 1996 Plan, whether then held by the
participant or a transferee, at fair market value as determined by the
Compensation Committee. The Company's right to repurchase shares of Common Stock
terminates once the Offering is consummated.
    
 
     Change in Control.  Upon the occurrence of a change in control of the
Company, all options become immediately exercisable and all restrictions on
restricted shares lapse. A change in control includes:
 
          (1) approval of the Company's shareholders of a consolidation or
     merger of the Company with any third party, unless the Company is the
     entity surviving such merger or consolidation;
 
          (2) approval of the Company's shareholders of a transfer of all or
     substantially all of the assets of the Company to a third party or a
     complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
   
          (3) A third party (other than James F. Chen and his affiliates),
     directly or indirectly, through one or more subsidiaries or transactions or
     acting in concert with one or more persons or entities: (a) acquires any
     combination of beneficial ownership of the Company's voting stock and
     irrevocable proxies representing more than 20% of the Company's voting
     stock, (b) acquires the ability to control in any manner the election of a
     majority of the directors of the Company or (c) acquires the ability to
     directly or indirectly exercise a controlling influence over the management
     or policies of the Company;
    
 
          (4) any election has occurred of persons to the Company's Board of
     Directors that causes a majority of such Board to consist of persons other
     than (a) persons who were members of the Board on June 12, 1996 ("Effective
     Date") and/or (b) persons who were nominated for election as members of the
     Board by the Board (or a committee of the Board) at a time when the
     majority of the Board (or of such committee) consisted of persons who were
     members of the Board on the Effective Date; or
 
          (5) A determination is made by the SEC or any similar agency having
     regulatory control over the Company that a change in control, as defined in
     the securities laws or regulations then applicable to the Company, has
     occurred.
 
   
     Termination and Amendment.  The Board may amend or terminate the 1996 Plan
and the Compensation Committee may amend or alter the terms of awards under the
1996 Plan but no such action shall affect or in any way impair the rights of a
participant under any award previously granted without such participant's
consent. No amendment may be made, without shareholder approval, that would
require shareholder approval under any applicable law or rule unless the Board
determines that compliance with such law or rule is no longer desired.
    
 
     Antidilution Provisions.  The number of shares of Common Stock authorized
to be issued under the 1996 Plan and subject to outstanding awards (and the
purchase or exercise price thereof) will be adjusted to prevent dilution or
enlargement of rights in the event of any stock dividend, stock split,
combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other change in
capitalization with a similar substantive effect upon the 1996 Plan or the
awards.
 
   
     Awards Made.  As of July 8, 1996, the Compensation Committee has granted
Incentive and Non-Qualified Options to purchase 970,545 shares of Common Stock
under the 1996 Plan, including options to purchase 13,332 shares of Common Stock
granted to two non-employee directors. As of such date, no restricted share
awards have been granted under the 1996 Plan.
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   50
 
     Further information regarding the awards made to date is set forth in the
table below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                                   OF COMMON STOCK     EXERCISE PRICE
                             NAME                                 UNDERLYING OPTION      (OR RANGE)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------    --------------
<S>                                                               <C>                  <C>
James F. Chen
  (President, Chief Executive Officer and Director)............             --               --
Robert W. Rybicki
  (Vice President of Indirect Channels)........................         95,377         $3.75 - $4.50
Marcus J. Ranum
  (Chief Scientist)............................................        324,389         $3.75 - $4.50
Frederick J. Hitt
  (Vice President of Technology)...............................         95,377         $3.75 - $4.50
Barnaby M. Page
  (Vice President of Direct Sales).............................          8,472             $4.50
Chansothi Um
  (Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer)...............        106,990         $3.75 - $4.50
Matthew B. Mancuso
  (Director of Engineering)....................................         57,234         $3.75 - $4.50
All executive officers as a group..............................        632,445         $3.75 - $4.50
All employees who are not executive officers as a group........        324,768         $3.75 - $9.00
All directors who are not executive officers as a group........         13,332             $9.00
</TABLE>
    
 
     Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences.  The following is a brief summary
of the principal federal income tax consequences of awards under the 1996 Plan
based upon current federal income tax laws.
 
     A participant is not generally subject to federal income tax either at the
time of grant or at the time of exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. However,
upon exercise, the difference between the fair market value of the shares of
Common Stock and the exercise price may be includable in the participant's
alternative minimum taxable income. If a participant does not dispose of shares
of Common Stock acquired through the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option
within one year after their receipt and within two years after the date of the
option's grant, any gain or loss upon the disposition will be taxed as long-term
capital gain or loss.
 
     The Company will not receive any tax deduction on the exercise of an
Incentive Stock Option or, if the holding requirements are met, on the sale of
the underlying shares of Common Stock. If a disqualifying disposition occurs
(i.e., one of the holding requirements is not met), the participant will be
treated as receiving compensation subject to ordinary income tax in the year of
the disqualifying disposition, and the Company will be entitled to a deduction
for compensation expense in an amount equal to the amount the participant
includes in income. The tax will generally be imposed on the difference between
the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock at the time of exercise and
the exercise price or, if less, the gain the participant realized on the sale of
the shares. Any appreciation in value after the time of exercise will be taxed
as long-term or short-term capital gain (depending on how long the shares are
held after exercise) and will not result in any deduction by the Company.
 
     There are no federal income tax consequences to participant at the time of
grant of a Non-Qualified Option. Upon exercise of the option, the participant
must pay tax on ordinary income equal to the difference between the exercise
price and the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of
exercise. The Company will receive a commensurate tax deduction at the time of
exercise. Any appreciation in value after the time of exercise will be taxed
upon the disposition of the shares as long-term or short-term capital gain
(depending on how long the shares are held after exercise), and will not result
in any deduction by the Company. Non-employee director options will receive the
same federal income tax treatment as other Non-Qualified Options.
 
     Except as described below, a grant of restricted shares does not constitute
a taxable event for either a participant or the Company. However, the
participant will be subject to tax, at ordinary income rates, when
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   51
 
any restrictions on ownership of the shares of Common Stock lapse. The Company
will be entitled to take a commensurate deduction at that time.
 
   
     A participant may elect to recognize taxable ordinary income at the time
restricted shares are awarded in an amount equal to the fair market value of the
shares of Common Stock at the time of grant, determined without regard to any
forfeiture restrictions. If such an election is made, the Company will be
entitled to a deduction at that time in the same amount. Future appreciation on
the shares of Common Stock will be taxed when the shares are sold as short-term
or long-term capital gain (depending on how long the shares are held after
exercise) and will not result in any deduction by the Company. If, after making
such an election, the shares of Common Stock are forfeited, the participant will
be unable to claim a deduction.
    
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
     On June 12, 1996, the Company entered into an employment agreement with
James F. Chen at an annual base salary of $125,000. The employment agreement has
a two year term commencing on June 12, 1996 and is automatically renewed for
additional two year terms on each successive June 12, commencing June 12, 1997.
However, either party may serve written notice of termination prior to June 12,
1997 or prior to June 12 of each succeeding year, as the case may be, in which
case the agreement will terminate at the end of the two year period that begins
with the June 12 following the date of such written notice.
 
   
     Under the employment agreement, the Board (or a Board committee) is
obligated to review Mr. Chen's base salary promptly following the completion of
the Offering and thereafter at least annually. As a result of such review, the
Board or committee may, in its discretion, increase, but generally may not
decrease, Mr. Chen's base salary. After any adjustment following the Offering,
the Board or committee may not increase his base salary for any one year by an
amount greater than 50% of his then base salary. It is intended that the Board
or committee will consider in any such review factors relating to his
performance, duties and responsibilities and endeavor to maintain his
compensation at a level comparable to that of similarly situated executives in
the Company's industry. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Chen may
be paid such bonuses, if any, as may be awarded from time to time by the Board
or such committee, in its discretion. Such bonuses shall be based on results of
operations, special contributions made by Mr. Chen, seniority, competitive
conditions in the Company's industry and such other factors as the Board or such
committee considers relevant.
    
 
   
     In the event that (i) Mr. Chen terminates his employment with the Company
(other than because of his death) within two years following a change in control
(as defined in the employment agreement), (ii) the Company terminates Mr. Chen's
employment for any reason (other than because of death, disability or just
cause) within two years following a change in control, (iii) Mr. Chen terminates
his employment with the Company because of the Company's material breach of the
employment agreement, (iv) Mr. Chen's base salary is reduced unless such
reduction is permitted by the employment agreement or (v) the Company's
principal executive offices are relocated to a location outside Montgomery
County, Maryland, or the Company requires Mr. Chen to be based anywhere other
than the Company's principal executive offices, then the Company must make a
lump sum severance payment to Mr. Chen. The payment is equal to the sum of (a)
the aggregate amount of the future base salary payments Mr. Chen would have
received if he continued in the employ of the Company until 24 months (36 months
if an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above occurs) following the
termination date and (b) Mr. Chen's projected bonus for the year in which the
termination date occurs. The payment required by clause (a) is calculated at the
highest rate of base salary paid to Mr. Chen at any time under the employment
agreement, with such payments discounted to present value at a discount rate
equal to 1% above the per annum one-year Treasury Bill rate. The bonus amount is
computed assuming that Mr. Chen had remained in the Company's employ until the
end of that year and that all performance goals or other performance measures
have been met at the then current level for the remainder of that year.
    
 
     The Company may terminate Mr. Chen's employment for "just cause" at any
time by giving him written notice, in which case the Company is only obligated
to pay him his base salary as then in effect through the termination date. If
Mr. Chen fails to perform his duties under the employment agreement on account
of a
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   52
 
disability, the Company may terminate the agreement on a date not less than 30
days thereafter unless he resumes full performance of his duties within such
period. Mr. Chen is entitled to terminate his employment with the Company on, or
at any date after, a date on which he is at least 65 years old. The employment
agreement also terminates in the event of Mr. Chen's death. In either such
event, the Company must pay Mr. Chen or his legal representative Mr. Chen's base
salary as then in effect that has accrued to the last day of the month in which
the retirement date or the date of death occurs.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
   
     To date, directors have received no compensation for their services as
directors. As of April 26, 1996, the Company began to reimburse directors for
travel expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the
Board of Directors and its committees. The two new non-employee directors
elected at the June 1996 annual meeting of shareholders each received an option
to purchase 6,666 shares of Common Stock under the 1996 Plan upon such election.
See "-- Stock Option Plans -- 1996 Incentive Stock Plan."
    
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
   
     During the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company's Compensation
Committee was composed of directors James F. Chen, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, and his brother, Charles C. Chen, Secretary of the
Company. As of June 28, 1996, the Compensation Committee is composed of
directors Harry S. Gruner and Hai Hua Cheng.
    
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
     The Company was initially capitalized by a $10,000 investment by its
founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, James F. Chen. Mr. Chen has, on
three separate occasions, made loans to the Company. Mr. Chen advanced the
Company operating funds under three separate promissory notes, which are updated
on an annual basis, bear interest at 8% per annum and are due on demand. Total
amounts outstanding under the notes were $39,705, $19,293 and $143,644 on
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. As of June 30, 1996, the total
amount owed by the Company to Mr. Chen was $138,305.
    
 
   
     On May 15, 1995, Scientek Corporation, through Hai Hua Cheng, a director of
the Company, and C.C. Tsai, invested $500,000 in V-ONE in consideration for
ownership of 15% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock after giving effect
to this issuance. As further consideration for this investment, the Company
issued 56,000 shares of Common Stock to a voting trust ("Voting Trust") for the
benefit of Mr. Cheng, the majority owner of Scientek Corporation. Mr. Chen
serves as voting trustee for this trust under a Voting Trust Agreement dated
January 1, 1996. The proceeds of this financing were used to meet general
operating expenses.
    
 
   
     On June 1, 1995, the Company borrowed $330,000 from Scientek Corporation
and issued a promissory note, bearing no interest, due June 1, 1996. The note
was assigned to Hai Hua Cheng by Scientek Corporation. The terms of the note
provide that, as further consideration for the loan, the Company would issue
153,333 shares of Common Stock to Scientek Corporation immediately after
repayment of the loan. As further consideration for the loan, the Company issued
76,666 shares of Common Stock to the Voting Trust for the benefit of Mr. Cheng
described above. On May 17, 1996, Mr. Cheng executed an agreement extending the
term of the note to May 31, 1997. On June 12, 1996, in consideration for Mr.
Cheng's agreement not to demand payment of the note until May 31, 1997, the
Board of Directors authorized the Company to offer Mr. Cheng the option to
receive Common Stock based on a $4.50 per share conversion price in lieu of cash
in payment of the note. The Board reserved and authorized the issuance of 73,333
shares of Common Stock for this purpose. On June 28, 1996, the Company repaid
the loan made by Mr. Cheng and issued 226,666 shares of Common Stock to Mr.
Cheng. In connection with this loan, the Company recognized interest expenses of
$56,954 and $40,681 during the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months
ended June 30, 1996, respectively.
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   53
 
   
     On May 15, 1995, Mr. Chen contributed 132,666 shares of Common Stock to the
capital of the Company for the Company's use in transferring the above-described
132,666 shares to the Voting Trust. On June 28, 1996, Mr. Chen contributed
153,333 shares of Common Stock to the capital of the Company.
    
 
   
     On May 15, 1995, Mr. Chen also contributed 333,333 shares of Common Stock
owned by him to the capital of the Company for the Company to transfer to
Jieh-Shan Wang, Senior Vice President of Engineering, for services rendered. In
addition, on April 4, 1996 Mr. Chen contributed 383,967 shares of Common Stock
owned by him to the capital of the Company for the Company to transfer to
participants in the Non-Statutory Plan.
    
 
   
     Two of the Company's executive officers, Jieh-Shan Wang and William C.
Wilson, have paid for options granted under the Non-Statutory Plan with
promissory notes. The only one of the two executive officers who borrowed more
than $60,000 from the Company is Mr. Wang. Mr. Wang borrowed $124,750 from the
Company and executed a 6% interest-bearing promissory note, due April 22, 2006,
that is secured by the shares of Common Stock issued on exercise of the option
by Mr. Wang ("Pledged Shares"). The terms of the note provide for payments of
principal and interest to be made annually, beginning on April 22, 1997. If, at
any time, the fair market value of the Pledged Shares securing the note is less
than the amount due under the note, Mr. Wang will remain liable for the balance
due. If Mr. Wang sells the Pledged Shares at any time prior to April 22, 2006,
then the proceeds of the sale will be applied to the balance of the note before
payment will be made to Mr. Wang. See "Management -- Stock Option Plans -- 1996
Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan."
    
 
   
     In June 1996, the Company borrowed $1,500,000 from JMI pursuant to the
issuance of an unsecured, 8% senior subordinated note in the principal amount of
$1,500,000 with detachable warrants to purchase 333,332 shares of Common Stock.
Of the 333,332 detachable warrants, 266,666 are exercisable at $4.50 per share
and 66,666 were exercisable at $0.015 per share. The notes must be redeemed upon
consummation of the Offering and the warrants with an exercise price of $0.015
per share were exercised on June 28, 1996. Mr. Gruner, a director of the
Company, is a general partner of JMI Partners II, L.P., the general partner of
JMI.
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   54
 
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
   
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock and Series A Stock as of July 8, 1996,
and as adjusted to reflect the conversion of all shares of Series A Stock into
shares of Common Stock on completion of the Offering (assuming the initial
offering price is $7.875 or greater) and the sale by the Company of the shares
offered hereby, by (i) each person who is known by the Company to own
beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock or Series A Stock,
(ii) each of the Company's directors, and (iii) all current directors and
executive officers of the Company as a group.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
                                                                                   BENEFICIALLY OWNED(3)
                                                                                   ----------------------
                                                          NUMBER OF SHARES         PRIOR TO       AFTER
                 NAME AND ADDRESS(1)                    BENEFICIALLY OWNED(2)      OFFERING      OFFERING
- -----------------------------------------------------   ---------------------      --------      --------
<S>                                                     <C>                        <C>           <C>
James F. Chen........................................          4,760,474(4)          56.3%         40.6%
Hai Hua Cheng........................................          1,536,473(5)          18.2%         13.1%
Jieh-Shan Wang.......................................            499,999(6)           5.9%          4.3%
Harry S. Gruner
  1119 St. Paul Street
  Baltimore, MD 21202................................            339,998(7)           3.8%          2.8%
Charles C. Chen......................................            200,000(8)           2.4%          1.7%
William E. Odom
  1015 18th Street, N.W.
  Suite 200
  Washington, D.C. 20036.............................              6,666(9)          *             *
Lewis M. Schott
  220 Sunrise Avenue
  Palm Beach, FL 33480...............................            211,600(10)          2.4%          1.8%
Steven A. Cohen
  520 Madison Avenue
  New York, NY 10022.................................            151,917(11)          1.8%          1.3%
Lee DeVisser and Linda DeVisser,
  Trustees of the Lee DeVisser Trust
  2480 N.W. 53rd Street
  Boca Raton, FL 33496...............................             91,547(12)          1.1%         *
Charlyn M. Page,
  Trustee for Shapiro Family Trust
  2401 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
  Washington, D.C. 20037.............................             73,228(13)         *             *
Bryan T. Vanas
  1600 Smith
  Suite 3100
  Houston, TX 77002..................................             71,190(14)         *             *
Kenneth Lissak
  520 Madison Avenue
  New York, NY 10022.................................             45,552(15)         *             *
Joseph and Rosa Lupo
  758 Oneida
  Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417...........................             40,712(16)         *             *
All directors and executive officers as a group
  (12 persons).......................................          7,796,833(17)         85.6%         62.9%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
  *  Less than 1%.
    
 
   
 (1) Unless otherwise indicated, the mailing address of each shareholder is c/o
     V-ONE Corporation, 1803 Research Boulevard, Suite 305, Rockville, MD 20850.
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   55
 
   
 (2) Each shareholder possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to
     the shares listed, except as otherwise indicated. The number of shares
     beneficially owned by each shareholder is determined under rules
     promulgated by the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative
     of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial
     ownership includes any shares as to which the individual has sole or shared
     voting power or investment power, and also any shares which the individual
     has the right to acquire within 60 days after July 8, 1996.
    
 
   
 (3) Number of shares deemed outstanding includes any shares subject to stock
     options and warrants beneficially owned by the person in question that are
     currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days following July 8, 1996.
     Number of shares deemed outstanding after this Offering includes the
     additional 2,300,000 newly issued shares of Common Stock that are being
     offered by the Company hereby.
    
 
   
 (4) Includes 100,000 shares of Common Stock subject to the over-allotment
     option granted to the Underwriters by the Company and the Selling
     Shareholders. See "Selling Shareholders" and "Underwriting." Includes
     165,998 shares of Common Stock registered in the name of James F. Chen as
     Trustee under voting trusts for Hai Hua Cheng, Dennis Winson and Robert
     Zupnik with respect to which Mr. Chen possesses sole voting power. The
     voting trust for Mr. Cheng terminates on consummation of the Offering. The
     voting trusts for Messrs. Winson and Zupnik terminate on October 15, 1996.
     Also includes: (i) 600,000 shares of Common Stock held jointly by James F.
     Chen and his wife Mary S. Chen and (ii) 71,110 shares of Common Stock
     registered in the names of Mary S. Chen and Mark R. Feinberg as Co-Trustees
     under trusts for the benefit of Mr. Chen's children with respect to which
     Mary S. Chen and Mark R. Feinberg possesses voting and investment power.
    
 
   
 (5) Does not include 132,666 shares of Common Stock registered in the name of
     James F. Chen as trustee under a voting trust for Hai Hua Cheng. This
     voting trust expires on consummation of the Offering.
    
 
   
 (6) Includes 33,333 shares of Common Stock subject to the over-allotment option
     granted to the Underwriters by the Company and the Selling Shareholders.
     See "Selling Shareholders" and "Underwriting." Includes 166,666 shares of
     Common Stock subject to restrictions on transferability under the terms of
     the Company's 1996 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan.
    
 
   
 (7) Includes an option to purchase 6,666 shares of Common Stock granted under
     the 1996 Plan and warrants to purchase 266,666 shares of Common Stock
     issued to JMI. Mr. Gruner is a general partner of JMI Partners II, L.P.,
     the general partner of JMI.
    
 
   
 (8) Owned jointly with Kathleen H. Chen, his wife.
    
 
   
 (9) Includes an option to purchase 6,666 shares of Common Stock granted under
     the 1996 Plan.
    
 
   
(10) Represents 26.8% of the outstanding Series A Stock and 211,600 shares of
     Common Stock to be issued on the conversion of Series A Stock, assuming the
     conversion of shares of Series A Stock into shares of Common Stock on a
     one-for-one basis as a result of the Offering. See "Description of Capital
     Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" and "Risk
     Factors -- Conversion of Series A Stock."
    
 
   
(11) Represents 19.2% of the outstanding Series A Stock and 151,917 shares of
     Common Stock to be issued on the conversion of Series A Stock, assuming the
     conversion of shares of Series A Stock into shares of Common Stock on a
     one-for-one basis as a result of the Offering. See "Description of Capital
     Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" and "Risk
     Factors -- Conversion of Series A Stock."
    
 
   
(12) Represents 11.6% of the outstanding Series A Stock and 91,547 shares of
     Common Stock to be issued on the conversion of Series A Stock, assuming the
     conversion of shares of Series A Stock into shares of Common Stock on a
     one-for-one basis as a result of the Offering. See "Description of Capital
     Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" and "Risk
     Factors -- Conversion of Series A Stock."
    
 
   
(13) Includes 45,450 shares of Common Stock to be issued on the conversion of
     Series A Stock, assuming the conversion of shares of Series A Stock into
     shares of Common Stock on a one-for-one basis as a result of the Offering,
     which represents 5.7% of the outstanding Series A Stock. See "Description
     of Capital Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" and "Risk
     Factors -- Conversion of Series A Stock." Does not include presently
     exercisable options to purchase 72,159 shares of Common Stock held by
     Charlyn M. Page's husband, Barnaby M. Page, the Company's Vice President of
     Direct Sales, as to which shares Ms. Page disclaims beneficial ownership.
    
 
   
(14) Represents 9.0% of the outstanding Series A Stock and 71,190 shares of
     Common Stock to be issued on the conversion of Series A Stock, assuming the
     conversion of shares of Series A Stock into shares of Common Stock on a
     one-for-one basis as a result of the Offering. See "Description of Capital
     Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" and "Risk
     Factors -- Conversion of Series A Stock."
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   56
 
   
(15) Represents 5.8% of the outstanding Series A Stock and 45,552 shares of
     Common Stock to be issued on the conversion of Series A Stock, assuming the
     conversion of shares of Series A Stock into shares of Common Stock on a
     one-for-one basis as a result of the Offering. See "Description of Capital
     Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" and "Risk
     Factors -- Conversion of Series A Stock."
    
 
   
(16) Represents 5.1% of the outstanding Series A Stock and 40,712 shares of
     Common Stock to be issued on the conversion of Series A Stock, assuming the
     conversion of shares of Series A Stock into shares of Common Stock on a
     one-for-one basis as a result of the Offering. See "Description of Capital
     Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" and "Risk
     Factors -- Conversion of Series A Stock."
    
 
   
(17) Includes 233,332 shares of Common Stock shares subject to restrictions on
     transferability under the terms of the Company's Non-Statutory Plan and
     388,778 shares of Common Stock subject to stock options granted under the
     Company's 1995 Plan and 1996 Plan and warrants to purchase 266,666 shares
     of Common Stock, currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after
     July 8, 1996. None of the Company's directors or executive officers own
     shares of the Series A Stock.
    
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   57
 
                              SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
     Set forth below are the names of the Selling Shareholders and the number of
shares of Common Stock that are subject to the over-allotment option granted to
the Underwriters by the Company and the Selling Shareholders, which may be
exercised in whole or in part by the Underwriters within 30 days of consummation
of the Offering solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NUMBER OF SHARES SUBJECT TO
                     NAME OF SELLING SHAREHOLDER                         THE OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>
James F. Chen........................................................             100,000
  (President, Chief Executive Officer and Director)
Jieh-Shan Wang.......................................................              33,333
  (Senior Vice President of Engineering)
Golden Eagle Partners................................................              10,978
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   58
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
   
     The Company is authorized to issue up to 33,333,333 shares of Common Stock,
$0.001 par value, and 13,333,333 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value.
    
 
     The following summary of certain provisions of the Common Stock and
Preferred Stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified
in its entirety by, the provisions of the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and Restated Bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, and by the provisions
of applicable law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
     As of June 30, 1996, there were 8,455,527 shares of Common Stock
outstanding that were held of record by approximately 42 shareholders. There
will be 11,735,243 shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of
the Underwriters' over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options)
after giving effect to the sale of newly-issued Common Stock offered to the
public hereby.
    
 
   
     The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. The holders of Common
Stock are not entitled to receive dividends as long as any shares of the
Company's Series A Stock are issued and outstanding. Dividends, if any, may be
declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the
payment of dividends. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of
capital stock. See "Dividend Policy." In the event of any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, sale or winding up of the Company, the holders of
Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment
of liabilities and liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights to subscribe
for any of the Company's securities or rights to convert their Common Stock into
any other securities. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to the Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully
paid and non-assessable and the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon
completion of this Offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.
    
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     The Board of Directors has the authority to issue up to 13,333,333 shares
of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences,
privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion
rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the
number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series,
without any further vote or action by shareholders. The issuance of preferred
stock may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the
Company.
    
 
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     The Company's Board of Directors created a series of Preferred Stock
designated as "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" (herein referred to as
"Series A Stock") pursuant to Board Resolution and a Certificate of Designation,
both dated April 4, 1994. As of the date of this Prospectus, 791,011 shares of
Series A Stock are outstanding and are held of record by 13 shareholders. There
will be no shares of Series A Stock outstanding after the Offering is
consummated.
    
 
     The holders of Series A Stock ("Series A Shareholders") do not have any
preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Company. Series A
Shareholders are entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the
shareholders of the Company. Series A Shareholders also are entitled to vote as
a class on matters affecting the value of the Series A Stock. All actions
requiring the approval of Series A Shareholders voting as a class must be
authorized by a majority vote of the holders thereof. The Board of Directors may
declare dividends on the Series A Stock payable at any time in cash, in
property, or in shares of Series A Stock. Series A Shareholders are entitled to
share ratably in dividends with the holders of any other series of the Company's
preferred stock now existing or hereafter created, but receive no preference in
dividends declared. The Company will not pay dividends on Common Stock as long
as any shares of Series A Stock are issued and
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   59
 
   
outstanding. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, sale or
winding up of the Company, Series A Shareholders are entitled to receive, in
preference to holders of Common Stock, an amount equal to the purchase price per
share of the Series A Stock plus any accrued but unpaid dividends. Any remaining
proceeds shall be allocated between Common and Series A Shareholders on a pro
rata basis, treating the shares of Series A Stock on an as-converted basis.
    
 
   
     Shares of Series A Stock may at any time be converted into shares of Common
Stock, on a one-for-one basis, provided that such shares of Series A Stock have
not previously been converted by automatic conversion. A mandatory conversion
will occur in the event of an initial public offering in which at least
$15,000,000 is raised and the offering price per share is at least 1.75 times
the initial conversion price of $4.50 per share of Series A Stock ($7.875). The
Series A Stock will not, however, convert automatically if the initial offering
price is less than $7.875 per share. The conversion ratio will be adjusted so
that shares of Series A Stock are convertible into shares of Common Stock on a
greater than one-for-one basis as follows. If the Company effects an initial
public offering prior to March 31, 1997 at a price less than $7.875 per share,
the conversion ratio will be adjusted by multiplying the subscription price of
$4.50 per share by 1.75 ("Conversion Factor") and dividing such product by the
midpoint of the offering price range contained in the final pre-effective
amendment to the registration statement relating to such initial public
offering. If the Company's initial public offering occurs (i) during the period
from April 1, 1997 to March 31, 1998 at a price less than $9.00 per share or
(ii) after March 31, 1998 at a price less than $13.50 per share, the conversion
ratio is adjusted as set forth in the preceding sentence except the Conversion
Factor becomes 2.00 in the event clause (i) applies or 3.00 in the event clause
(ii) applies. The failure to automatically convert (i) may result in shares of
Series A Stock remaining outstanding after the Offering and (ii) will result in
further dilution to holders of Common Stock as a result of the adjustment of the
conversion ratio. This will limit the ability of the Company to pay dividends on
the Common Stock and will further limit the rights of the holders of Common
Stock. See "Risk Factors -- Conversion of Series A Stock."
    
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS
AND DELAWARE LAW
 
     The following provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and
Restated Bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay
or prevent a change in control of the Company. Such provisions also may have the
effect of preventing changes in the management of the Company. See "Risk
Factors -- Effect of Certain Charter Provisions; Anti-takeover Effects of
Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware law."
 
   
     Directors.  The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides
that the Company's Board of Directors is classified into three classes of
directors.
    
 
     Under the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws, a
director may be removed only for cause and by the affirmative vote of 67% of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote an election of directors at a special
meeting called for that purpose. See "Management -- Executive Officers and
Directors."
 
   
     Preferred Stock.  The Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes
13,333,333 shares of Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.001. The Company is
authorized to issue Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more series, and
the Board of Directors is authorized to fix the designations, powers preferences
and relative participating, optional and other special rights, qualifications,
limitations or restrictions with respect to such shares. In the event of a
proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of the Company of
which management does not approve, it might be possible for the Board of
Directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights
and preferences that could impede the completion of such a transaction. See
"Risk Factors -- Anti-takeover Effects of Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws
and Delaware Law."
    
 
   
     Certain Business Combinations.  The Restated Certificate of Incorporation
also requires the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote to effect a merger,
consolidation or sale of the Company with any "Interested Person" as defined in
the Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The Restated Certificate of
Incorporation also provides that the holders of the
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   60
 
Company's voting securities must receive consideration no less than the "Fair
Price" or fair market value of the share in connection with a merger,
consolidation or sale of the Company.
 
     Special Meetings of Shareholders.  In addition, the Company's Restated
Bylaws do not permit shareholders of the Company to call a special meeting of
shareholders; only the Company's Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the
members of the Company's Board of Directors may call a special meeting of
shareholders.
 
     Amendment of Bylaws.  The Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires
the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of capital
stock of the Company entitled to vote at an election of directors to amend the
Company's bylaws.
 
     Inspection of Books and Records.  The Restated Certificate of Incorporation
authorizes the Board of Directors to determine whether, to what extent and under
what conditions, the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock
ledger) shall be open to inspection by shareholders.
 
   
     Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.  The Company is subject to Section 203 of
the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to certain exceptions,
prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with
any interested shareholder for a period of three years following the date that
such shareholder became an interested shareholder, unless: (i) prior to such
date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business
combination or the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an
interested shareholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted
in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested
shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of
determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (A) by persons
who are directors and also officers and (B) by employee stock plans in which
employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether
shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer;
or (iii) on or subsequent to such date the business combination is approved by
the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of
shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least
66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested
shareholder.
    
 
   
     Section 203 defines business combination when used in reference to a
corporation and any interested shareholder to include: (i) any merger or
consolidation of the corporation with the interested shareholder or with any
other corporation if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested
shareholder and, as a result of the transaction, Section 203(a) does not apply
to the surviving corporation; (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage,
transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested shareholder of
10% or more of the assets of the corporation; (iii) subject to certain
exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the
corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested shareholder; (iv)
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the
proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation owned
by the interested shareholder or (v) any receipt by the interested shareholder
of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial
benefits provided by or through the corporation. In general, Section 203 defines
an interested shareholder as any entity or person beneficially owns, or within
three years did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by such entity or person.
    
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have outstanding
11,735,243 shares of Common Stock (assuming the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is not exercised). The 2,300,000 shares sold in this Offering will be
freely tradeable without restriction or registration by persons other than
"affiliates" of the Company, as defined in the Securities Act, who would be
required to sell under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The 9,435,243 shares
of Common Stock held by existing shareholders upon completion of this Offering,
without giving effect to shares of Common Stock that are subject to the
Underwriters' over-allotment option, will be "restricted securities" as that
term is defined in Rule 144, and may be sold in the public market only if
registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules
144, 144(k) or 701, which rules are summarized below. The foregoing numbers
assume the issuance of 188,705 shares to RSA and MIT and
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   61
 
   
the conversion of the Series A Stock on a one-for-one basis (assuming an initial
offering price of at least $7.875 per share). See "Risk Factors -- Conversion of
Series A Stock," "Business -- License Agreements" and "Description of Capital
Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock." As a result of the contractual
provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701,
additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
(i) except for the shares of Common Stock offered hereby and the shares of
Common Stock subject to the over-allotment option, if exercised, no additional
shares will be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this Prospectus and
(ii) 986,707 shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up
agreements 180 days after the date of this Prospectus in compliance with Rules
144, 144(k) or 701 during the succeeding three month period.
    
 
   
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated)
who has beneficially owned shares for at least two years (including the holding
period of any prior owner except an "affiliate" of the Company as that term is
defined under Rule 144) is entitled to sell in "brokers' transactions" or to
market makers, within any three-month period commencing 90 days after the
completion of this Offering, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater
of: (i) 1% of the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock then
outstanding (approximately 117,352 shares immediately after the Offering) or
(ii) the average weekly trading volume of the Company's Common Stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the required filing of a Form 144 with respect to
such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also generally subject to the availability
of current public information about the Company. Under Rule 144(k), a person who
is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90
days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be
sold for at least three years (including the holding period of any prior owner
except an affiliate), is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the
manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of
Rule 144. Unless otherwise restricted, "144(k) shares" may therefore be sold
immediately upon the completion of this Offering. The SEC is currently
considering a revision to Rule 144 that would reduce the two year holding period
in Rule 144(d) to one year and the three year holding period in Rule 144(k) to
two years. If enacted, such modification will have a material effect on the
timing of when certain shares of Common Stock become eligible for resale.
    
 
   
     Any employee, officer or director of or consultant to the Company who
purchased his or her shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract
may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701 promulgated under
the Securities Act. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares
under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule
144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell such shares in
reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the public information,
volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. In both cases, a holder of
Rule 701 shares is required to wait until 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus before selling such shares. Upon completion of such 90 day period,
334,651 of the 383,965 shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of
options granted under the Non-Statutory Plan may be sold under Rule 701 during
the succeeding three month period.
    
 
   
     The Company has agreed not to offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant
any option for the sale of or otherwise issue or dispose of any Common Stock or
any securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or any options or rights to
purchase or acquire, Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives of the
Underwriters, except that the Company may issue shares upon the exercise of
options granted under the 1995 Plan and the 1996 Plan, may grant additional
options under the 1996 Plan, may issue 266,666 shares of Common Stock to JMI on
exercise of certain warrants (see "Certain Transactions"), may issue shares of
Common Stock to RSA and MIT (see "Business -- License Agreements") and may issue
Common Stock on conversion of the Series A Stock. This agreement may be released
without notice to persons purchasing shares in the Offering and without notice
to any market on which the Common Stock is traded.
    
 
   
     The Company's current shareholders, employees, officers, directors and
holders of options and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock have also
agreed with the Underwriters not to offer, sell, contract to sell, make subject
to any purchase option, grant a security interest in or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock for a period of 180
days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the
representatives of the Underwriters, except for sales to the
    
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   62
 
Underwriters pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. This agreement may be released
without notice to persons purchasing shares in the Offering and without notice
to any market on which the Common Stock is traded.
 
   
     Individuals who purchased the Notes and subsequently exchanged their Notes
for shares of Series A Stock ("Investors") were granted two demand registration
rights for underwritten and shelf offerings of Common Stock by the Company. If
Form S-3 is available for use by the Company in connection with the exercise of
such demand registration rights, then, upon proper notice from Investors, V-ONE
will file a registration statement or registration statements, as the case may
be, on Form S-3 for such offering(s). Investors, as a group, may exercise the
demand registration rights at any time for a period of two years from the
closing date of this Offering, unless the holding period under Rule 144 is
shortened to a period of less than two years. Investors also were granted
unlimited piggyback registration rights with respect to any offering of Common
Stock or Series A Stock by the Company. Except for one Selling Shareholder, all
holders of Series A Stock have waived their piggyback registration rights with
respect to the Offering.
    
 
   
     In connection with the Company's issuances of senior subordinated notes to
JMI, with detachable warrants to purchase 333,332 shares of Common Stock, the
Company has granted certain registration rights to the holders of such warrants.
See "Certain Transactions." At any time after six months following the
consummation of the Offering, holders of such warrants may exercise one demand
registration right to require the Company to register shares of the Company's
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants in whole or in part. In
addition, the Company has granted such warrant holders unlimited piggyback
registration rights with respect to any offering of securities of the Company
and unlimited registrations on Form S-3 with respect to at least 20% of the
warrant shares then outstanding. The exercise of registration rights and the
sale of the shares so registered could have an adverse effect on the trading
price of the Common Stock.
    
 
     The Company intends to file a registration statement or registration
statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of Common
Stock issuable under the 1995 Plan and the 1996 Plan. The registration statement
or statements are expected to be filed shortly after the effective date of the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part and will be effective
upon filing. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the
effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement or statements will be
eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule
144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described
above.
 
     Prior to this Offering, there has been no trading market for shares of
Common Stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that
market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the
market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless,
sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public market
could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock and could impair the
Company's future ability to raise capital through an offering of its equity
securities.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   63
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     The Company has entered into a Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase
Agreement") with the underwriters listed in the table below (the
"Underwriters"), for whom Piper Jaffray Inc. and Volpe, Welty & Company are
acting as representatives (the "Representatives"). Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to sell
to the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters has severally agreed to
purchase, the following number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite each
Underwriter's name in the table below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                NUMBER OF
              NAME                                                               SHARES
              ----                                                              ---------
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    Piper Jaffray Inc. ......................................................
    Volpe, Welty & Company...................................................
 
                                                                                ---------
              Total..........................................................   2,300,000
                                                                                =========
</TABLE>
    
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, the
Underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the Common Stock being sold pursuant
to the Purchase Agreement, if any is purchased (excluding shares covered by the
over-allotment option granted therein). In the event of a default by any
Underwriter, the Purchase Agreement provides that in certain circumstances
purchase commitments of the nondefaulting Underwriters may be increased or the
Purchase Agreement may be terminated.
 
     The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters propose
to offer Common Stock directly to the public initially at the public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at
such price less a concession of not more than $       per share. Additionally,
the Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow a concession not in
excess of $       per share to certain other dealers. After the public offering,
the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the
Underwriters.
 
   
     The Company and the Selling Shareholders have granted to the Underwriters
an option, exercisable by the Representatives within 30 days after the date of
the Purchase Agreement, to purchase up to an additional 345,000 shares of Common
Stock at the same price per share to be paid by the Underwriters for the other
shares offered hereby. If the Underwriters purchase any of such additional
shares pursuant to this option, each Underwriter will be committed to purchase
such additional shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the
table above. The Underwriters may exercise the option only for the purpose of
covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the distribution of
the Common Stock offered hereby.
    
 
   
     The Representatives have informed the Company that neither they, nor any
other member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the
"NASD") participating in the distribution of this Offering, will make sales of
the Common Stock offered hereby to accounts over which they exercise
discretionary authority without the prior specific written approval of the
customer.
    
 
     The offering of the shares is made for delivery when, as and if accepted by
the Underwriters and subject to prior sale and to withdrawal, cancellation or
modification of the offering without notice. The Underwriters reserve the right
to reject an order for the purchase of shares in whole or in part.
 
   
     The Company's current shareholders, employees, officers, directors and
holders of options and warrants, who will beneficially own in the aggregate
9,435,243 shares of Common Stock after the Offering (excluding from such number,
shares that may be acquired on exercise of outstanding options and warrants),
have agreed with the Underwriters that they will not offer, sell, contract to
sell, make subject to any purchase option, grant a security interest in or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   64
 
   
Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the
prior written consent of the Representatives. See "Shares Eligible For Future
Sale." The Company has agreed that it will not, without the Representatives'
prior written consent, offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option
for the sale of or otherwise issue or dispose of any Common Stock or any
securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or any options or rights to
purchase or acquire, Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus, except that the Company may issue shares upon the exercise of
options granted under the 1995 Plan and the 1996 Plan, may grant additional
options under the 1996 Plan, may issue 266,666 shares of Common Stock to JMI
upon exercise of certain warrants (see "Certain Transactions"), may issue shares
of Common Stock to RSA and MIT (see "Business -- License Agreements") and may
issue Common Stock on conversion of the Series A Stock.
    
 
   
     Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. The initial public offering price for the Common Stock will be determined
by negotiation among the Company and the Representatives. Among the factors to
be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be
prevailing market and economic conditions, the Company's revenue and earnings,
estimates of the business potential and prospects of the Company, the present
state of the Company's business operations, an assessment of the Company's
management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to the market
valuations of companies in related businesses. The estimated initial public
offering price range set forth on the cover of this preliminary prospectus is
subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. See "Risk
Factors -- No Prior Public Market; Market Volatility."
    
 
     The Company and the Selling Shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters and their controlling persons against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments
the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with
the Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Goodwin, Procter & Hoar
LLP.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
     The balance sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996 and
the statements of operations, shareholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for
the period from February 16, 1993 (date of inception) to December 31, 1993 and
for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1995 and the six
months ended June 30, 1996 included in this Prospectus have been included herein
in reliance upon the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent
accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.
    
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements
contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other
document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference
is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects
by such reference. Further information with respect to the Company and the
Common Stock offered hereby is included or incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statement and exhibits.
 
     A copy of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge and
may be obtained at rates prescribed by the SEC at the Public Reference Section
of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, the New
York Regional Office located at 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048,
and the Chicago Regional Office located at 500 West Madison Street, Chicago,
Illinois 60661-2511.
 
     Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will be subject to the
information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance
therewith, will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the
SEC.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   65
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Report of Independent Accountants.....................................................    F-2
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996...........    F-3
Statements of Operations for the period from February 16, 1993 (date of inception) to
  December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the six months
  ended June 30, 1996.................................................................    F-4
Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) for the period from February 16, 1993
  (date of inception) to December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995
  and the six months ended June 30, 1996..............................................    F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the period from February 16, 1993 (date of inception) to
  December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the six months
  ended June 30, 1996.................................................................    F-6
Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................    F-8
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   66
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
To the Board of Directors of
  V-ONE Corporation
    
 
   
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of V-ONE Corporation ("the
Company") as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and June 30, 1996, and the related
statements of operations, shareholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the
period from February 16, 1993 (date of inception) to December 31, 1993, and for
each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1995, and the six month
period ended June 30, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
    
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
     In our opinion the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December
31, 1994 and 1995, and June 30, 1996, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for the period from February 16, 1993 (date of inception) to December
31, 1993, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1995,
and the six month period ended June 30, 1996, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
    
 
                                                         Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P.
 
Washington, D.C.
   
July 12, 1996
    
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   67
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,                           PRO FORMA
                                                 --------------------------     JUNE 30,       JUNE 30,
                                                    1994           1995           1996           1996
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents.................   $   321,636    $ 1,328,385    $ 2,501,319    $ 2,501,319
    Accounts receivable, less allowances of
       $0, $23,620 and $172,805 as of December
       31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996,
       respectively...........................           840        242,392      1,555,447      1,555,447
    Inventory.................................            --        257,630        303,455        303,455
    Prepaid expenses and other current
       assets.................................            --         13,955         95,707         95,707
                                                 -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total current assets.................       322,476      1,842,362      4,455,928      4,455,928
                                                 -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
Property and equipment:
    Office and computer equipment.............        83,760        219,044        388,750        388,750
    Furniture and fixtures....................            --         14,958         91,304         91,304
                                                 -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                      83,760        234,002        480,054        480,054
    Less accumulated depreciation.............       (11,330)       (35,952)       (68,626)       (68,626)
                                                 -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                      72,430        198,050        411,428        411,428
Deferred financing costs......................            --             --        563,169        563,169
Other assets..................................            --         10,190         14,230        863,403
                                                 -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total assets.........................   $   394,906    $ 2,050,602    $ 5,444,755    $ 6,293,928
                                                 ===========    ============   ============   ============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....   $    52,812    $   189,384    $ 1,729,188    $ 1,729,188
    Accrued interest..........................         4,273         38,161         18,783         18,783
    Deferred income...........................            --         12,500         10,417         10,417
    Notes payable -- current..................            --      1,255,556      1,327,505      1,327,505
    Notes payable to related parties..........        19,793        474,144        138,305        138,305
    Capital lease obligations -- current......            --         40,928         49,187         49,187
                                                 -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total current liabilities............        76,878      2,010,673      3,273,385      3,273,385
Notes payable -- noncurrent...................            --         44,444         31,644         31,644
Deferred rent.................................            --         52,959         96,338         96,338
Capital lease obligations -- noncurrent.......            --         82,464         74,442         74,442
                                                 -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total liabilities....................        76,878      2,190,540      3,475,809      3,475,809
                                                 -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
Commitments and contingencies
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 13,333,333
  shares authorized; 0, 0 and 791,011 shares
  issued and outstanding, as of December 31,
  1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996,
  respectively................................            --             --      3,559,554             --
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
    Common Stock, $0.001 par value; 33,333,333
       shares authorized; 7,843,139, 8,304,426
       and 8,455,527 shares issued and
       outstanding, as of December 31, 1994
       and 1995 and June 30, 1996,
       respectively...........................         7,843          8,304          8,456          9,436
    Additional paid-in capital................       752,157      1,326,041      2,822,877      7,230,624
    Notes receivable from sales of Common
       Stock..................................            --             --       (287,400)      (287,400)
    Accumulated deficit.......................      (441,972)    (1,474,283)    (4,134,541)    (4,134,541)
                                                 -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total shareholders' equity
           (deficit)..........................       318,028       (139,938)    (1,590,608)     2,818,119
                                                 =----------    ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total liabilities and shareholders'
           equity (deficit)...................   $   394,906    $ 2,050,602    $ 5,444,755    $ 6,293,928
                                                 ===========    ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   68
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     FOR THE PERIOD
                                      FEBRUARY 16,
                                     1993 (DATE OF                YEAR ENDED                          SIX MONTHS
                                     INCEPTION) TO               DECEMBER 31,                       ENDED JUNE 30,
                                      DECEMBER 31,     --------------------------------    --------------------------------
                                          1993              1994              1995              1995              1996
                                     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
<S>                                  <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
Revenues:
     Products.....................    $         --      $          --     $   1,101,418     $     369,219     $   2,284,044
     Consulting and services......          76,183             59,716             2,083                --            92,343
                                     -------------     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
          Total revenues..........          76,183             59,716         1,103,501           369,219         2,376,387
                                     -------------     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Cost of revenues:
     Products.....................              --                 --           376,359           131,150           882,627
     Consulting and services......          38,090             35,114               800                --            27,222
                                     -------------     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
          Total cost of
            revenues..............          38,090             35,114           377,159           131,150           909,849
                                     -------------     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Gross profit......................          38,093             24,602           726,342           238,069         1,466,538
                                     -------------     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Operating expenses:
     Sales and marketing..........           3,652             21,212           103,917            52,542         1,672,437
     General and administrative...          68,212            299,392         1,314,661           301,663         1,621,670
     Research and development.....              --            107,926           277,973            97,291           595,011
                                     -------------     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
          Total operating
            expenses..............          71,864            428,530         1,696,551           451,496         3,889,118
                                     -------------     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Operating loss....................         (33,771)          (403,928)         (970,209)         (213,427)       (2,422,580)
                                     -------------     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Other (expense) income:
     Interest expense.............          (1,913)            (2,360)          (66,615)               --          (281,026)
     Interest income..............              --                 --             4,513                --            43,388
                                     -------------     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
          Total other expenses....          (1,913)            (2,360)          (62,102)               --          (237,638)
                                     -------------     --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
Net loss..........................    $    (35,684)     $    (406,288)    $  (1,032,311)    $    (213,427)    $  (2,660,218)
                                     =============     ==============    ==============    ==============    ==============
Net loss per common share.........    $      (0.01)     $       (0.06)    $       (0.12)    $       (0.02)    $       (0.28)
                                     =============     ==============    ==============    ==============    ==============
Weighted average shares
  outstanding.....................       5,371,510          7,286,073         8,925,726         8,594,707         9,582,063
                                     =============     ==============    ==============    ==============    ==============
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   69
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
   
                  STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NOTES
                                      COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL   RECEIVABLE
                                   ------------------    PAID-IN        FROM       ACCUMULATED
                                    SHARES     AMOUNT    CAPITAL     STOCK SALES     DEFICIT        TOTAL
                                   ---------   ------   ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Initial issuance of Common
  Stock..........................  5,666,666   $5,667   $    4,333    $       --   $        --   $    10,000
  Net loss.......................         --       --           --            --       (35,684)      (35,684)
                                   ---------   ------   ----------    ----------   -----------   -----------
Balance, December 31, 1993.......  5,666,666    5,667        4,333            --       (35,684)      (25,684)
  Sale of Common Stock...........  2,176,473    2,176      747,824            --            --       750,000
  Contribution of Common Stock
     from related party..........   (333,333)    (333)         333            --            --            --
  Issuance of Common Stock as
     payment for services........    333,333      333         (333)           --            --            --
  Net loss.......................         --       --           --            --      (406,288)     (406,288)
                                   ---------   ------   ----------    ----------   -----------   -----------
Balance, December 31, 1994.......  7,843,139    7,843      752,157            --      (441,972)      318,028
  Sale of Common Stock...........    107,954      108      399,892            --            --       400,000
  Contribution of Common Stock
     from related party..........   (132,666)    (133)         133            --            --            --
  Issuance of Common Stock in
     accordance with
     anti-dilution agreement.....     56,000       56          (56)           --            --            --
  Issuance of Common Stock as
     payment on accrued
     interest....................     76,666       77       32,468            --            --        32,545
  Issuance of Common Stock.......    353,333      353      141,447            --            --       141,800
  Net loss.......................         --       --           --            --    (1,032,311)   (1,032,311)
                                   ---------   ------   ----------    ----------   -----------   -----------
Balance, December 31, 1995.......  8,304,426    8,304    1,326,041            --    (1,474,283)     (139,938)
  Contribution of Common Stock
     from related party..........   (383,965)    (384)         384            --            --            --
  Issuance of Common Stock
     related to 1996
     Non-Statutory Stock Option
     Plan........................    383,965      384      287,592      (287,400)           --           576
  Issuance of Common Stock as
     payment for services........     11,111       11       26,156            --            --        26,167
  Issuance of non-qualified stock
     options below fair market
     value.......................         --       --      487,796            --            --       487,796
  Issuance of warrants to
     purchase Common Stock.......         --       --      299,000            --            --       299,000
  Exercise of warrants to
     purchase Common Stock.......     66,666       67          933            --            --         1,000
  Issuance of Common Stock as
     payment of a note...........     73,333       74      329,926            --            --       330,000
  Contribution of Common Stock
     from related party..........   (153,333)    (153)         153            --            --            --
  Issuance of Common Stock as
     payment on accrued
     interest....................    153,333      153       64,937            --            --        65,090
  Repurchase of fractional shares
     of Common Stock related to
     the reverse stock split.....         (9)      --          (41)           --           (40)          (81)
  Net loss.......................         --       --           --            --    (2,660,218)   (2,660,218)
                                   ---------   ------   ----------    ----------   -----------   -----------
Balance, June 30, 1996...........  8,455,527   $8,456   $2,822,877    $ (287,400)  $(4,134,541)  $(1,590,608)
                                   =========   ======   ==========    ==========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   70
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    
                                           FOR THE PERIOD                                                           
                                            FEBRUARY 16,                                                            
                                           1993 (DATE OF           YEAR ENDED                  SIX MONTHS           
                                           INCEPTION) TO          DECEMBER 31,               ENDED JUNE 30,         
                                            DECEMBER 31,    -------------------------   -------------------------   
                                                1993           1994          1995          1995          1996
                                           --------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net loss.............................   $    (35,684)   $  (406,288)  $(1,032,311)  $  (213,427)  $(2,660,218)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
  cash used in operating activities:
    Provision for doubtful accounts......             --             --        23,620            --       149,185
    Provision for obsolete inventory.....             --             --        50,000            --            --
    Depreciation and amortization........          1,023         10,307        24,623        18,341        37,931
    Interest expense on accretion of note
      payable............................             --             --            --            --       109,837
    Consulting expense satisfied by
      issuance of Common Stock...........             --            500            --            --        10,903
    Compensation expense satisfied by
      issuance of Common Stock...........             --             --       141,800            --       487,796
    Accrued interest satisfied with
      Common Stock.......................             --             --        32,545            --        65,090
    Accrued interest satisfied with
      Preferred Stock....................             --             --            --            --        59,554
Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable..................             --           (840)     (265,172)     (137,104)   (1,462,240)
    Loan receivable......................             --             --            --        (8,200)           --
    Inventory............................             --             --      (307,630)      (13,198)      (45,825)
    Prepaid expenses and other...........             --             --       (24,145)       (2,958)     (633,697)
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses
      and deferrals......................         14,161         42,924       235,919       (18,436)    1,561,641
                                            ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
         Net cash used in operating
           activities....................        (20,500)      (353,397)   (1,120,751)     (374,982)   (2,320,043)
                                            ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Purchase of property and equipment...        (20,460)       (13,300)      (19,840)           --      (221,890)
                                            ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
         Net cash used in investing
           activities....................        (20,460)       (13,300)      (19,840)           --      (221,890)
                                            ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Issuance of Common Stock.............         10,000        700,000       400,000            --            --
    Issuance of Preferred Stock..........             --             --            --            --     1,000,000
    Issuance of debt with detachable
      warrants...........................             --             --            --            --     1,500,000
    Exercise of options and warrants.....             --             --            --            --         1,576
    Issuance of notes payable............         39,705             --     1,300,000            --     1,250,000
    Issuance of notes payable to related
      parties............................             --             --       454,351       307,686            --
    Principal payments on capitalized
      lease obligations..................             --             --        (7,011)           --       (29,181)
    Repayment of notes payable...........             --             --            --            --        (1,689)
    Repayment of notes payable to related
      parties............................             --        (20,412)           --            --        (5,839)
                                            ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
         Net cash provided by financing
           activities....................         49,705        679,588     2,147,340       307,686     3,714,867
                                            ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents............................          8,745        312,891     1,006,749       (67,296)    1,172,934
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  period.................................             --          8,745       321,636       321,636     1,328,385
                                            ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the
  period.................................   $      8,745    $   321,636   $ 1,328,385   $   254,340   $ 2,501,319
                                            ============    ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   71
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
   
                    STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 
                                              FOR THE PERIOD                                                     
                                               FEBRUARY 16,                                                      
                                              1993 (DATE OF          YEAR ENDED                 SIX MONTHS       
                                              INCEPTION) TO         DECEMBER 31,              ENDED JUNE 30,     
                                               DECEMBER 31,    -----------------------   ------------------------
                                                   1993           1994         1995         1995          1996
                                              --------------   ----------   ----------   -----------   ---------- 
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>        
Noncash investing and financing activities:                                                                       
    Property and equipment acquired through                                                                       
      capital leases........................    $       --     $       --   $  123,392   $       --    $   29,419 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ========== 
    Property and equipment acquired through                                                                       
      the issuance of Common Stock..........    $       --     $   50,000   $       --   $       --    $       -- 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ========== 
    Issuance of Common Stock as                                                                                   
      compensation..........................    $       --     $       --   $  141,800   $       --    $       -- 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ========== 
    Accrued interest satisfied with Common                                                                        
      Stock.................................    $       --     $       --   $   32,545   $       --    $   65,090 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ========== 
    Accrued interest satisfied with                                                                               
      Preferred Stock.......................    $       --     $       --   $       --   $       --    $   59,554 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ========== 
    Notes received for stock options                                                                              
      exercised.............................    $       --     $       --   $       --   $       --    $  287,400 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ========== 
    Consulting expense recognized by                                                                              
      issuance of Common Stock..............    $       --     $       --   $       --   $       --    $   10,903 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ========== 
    Notes payable satisfied with Preferred                                                                        
      Stock.................................    $       --     $       --   $       --   $       --    $2,500,000 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ========== 
    Issuance of Common Stock to satisfy note                                                                      
      payable to related party..............    $       --     $       --   $       --   $       --    $  330,000 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ========== 
    Repurchase of fractional shares of                                                                            
      Common Stock related to the reverse                                                                         
      stock split...........................    $       --     $       --   $       --   $       --    $       81 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ========== 
Supplemental cash flow disclosure:                                                                                
    Cash paid for interest..................    $       --     $       --   $      182   $       --    $    2,299 
                                                ==========     ==========   ===========  ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   72
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
1. NATURE OF BUSINESS:
 
   
     V-ONE Corporation ("V-ONE" or the "Company") develops, markets and licenses
a comprehensive suite of network security products that enable organizations to
conduct secured electronic transactions and information exchange using private
enterprise networks and public networks, such as the Internet.
    
 
   
     The Company was originally incorporated in the State of Maryland on
February 16, 1993 with the authorization to issue 5,666,666 shares of Common
Stock. The Board of Directors authorized and the shareholders approved a
ten-for-one stock split of the Company's Common Stock as of November 11, 1995
increasing authorized common stock to 13,333,333 shares. Effective February 7,
1996, the Company merged with a pre-existing corporation formed in Delaware. The
Delaware corporation became the surviving corporation.
    
 
   
     In connection with its reincorporation, the Company increased the number of
authorized shares of Common Stock from 13.3 million to 33.3 million and
authorized 13.3 million shares of Preferred Stock. On June 12 and June 28, 1996,
respectively, the Board of Directors authorized and the shareholders approved a
two-for-three reverse stock split of the outstanding shares of the Company's
Preferred and Common Stock, which was effective July 2, 1996. All references to
Common Stock, Preferred Stock, options and per share data have been restated to
give effect to both stock splits.
    
 
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
  Interim Financial Statements and Reporting Period:
 
   
     The financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and related
footnote information are unaudited and have been prepared on a basis
substantially consistent with the audited financial statements. In the opinion
of management, the June 30, 1995 unaudited financial statements include all
adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a
fair presentation of the results of that interim period. The results for the six
months ended June 30, 1996, are not necessarily indicative of the results for
the entire year.
    
 
  Revenue Recognition:
 
   
     The Company's revenue recognition policy is in conformity with the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Statement of Position, 91-1 "Software
Revenue Recognition." Revenues are generally recognized from the license of
software upon shipment, net of allowances, provided that no significant vendor
obligations remain. Allowances for estimated future returns, credits and
doubtful accounts are netted against accounts receivable. Service and training
revenues are recognized as the services are performed.
    
 
   
     Maintenance and support revenues are recognized ratably over the contract
term, typically one year. Payments received in advance of revenue recognition
are included in deferred income.
    
 
     In some instances, the Company recognizes revenues from the sale of systems
using the percentage of completion method as the work is performed, measured
primarily by the ratio of labor hours incurred to total estimated labor hours
for each specific contract. When the total estimated cost of a contract is
expected to exceed the contract price, the total estimated loss is charged to
expense in the period when the information becomes known.
 
  Research and Development and Software Development Costs:
 
     Software development costs are included in research and development and are
expensed as incurred. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
86, "Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or
Otherwise Marketed" requires the capitalization of certain software development
costs once technological feasibility is established, which the Company generally
defines as completion of a working model. Capitalization ceases when the
products are available for general release to customers, at which time
amortization of the capitalized costs begins on a straight-line basis over the
estimated product life, or on the ratio of current revenues to total projected
product revenues, whichever is greater. To date, the period between achieving
technological feasibility and the general availability of such
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   73
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: -- (CONTINUED)
    
software has been short, and software development costs qualifying for
capitalization have been insignificant. Accordingly, the Company has not
capitalized any software development costs.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents:
 
     The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash
equivalents include time deposits with commercial banks used for temporary cash
management purposes.
 
  Inventories:
 
   
     Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market and consist primarily
of computer equipment for sale on orders received from customers, items held for
stock and training kits. Cost is determined based on specific identification.
    
 
  Property and Equipment:
 
   
     Office and computer equipment and furniture and fixtures are recorded at
cost. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is calculated
using the straight-line method over a useful life of three to seven years.
    
 
     Repairs and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon sale
or retirement of property and equipment, the costs and related accumulated
depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss on
such disposition is included in the determination of net income.
 
  Income Taxes:
 
   
     Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured by applying
presently enacted statutory tax rates, that are applicable to the future years
in which deferred income tax assets or liabilities are expected to be settled or
realized, to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts
and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The effect of a change in
tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in net
income in the period which the tax rate is enacted.
    
 
   
     The Company provides a valuation allowance against net deferred income tax
assets if, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that some
or all of the deferred income tax assets may not be realized.
    
 
  Computation of Net Loss Per Common Share:
 
   
     Common equivalent shares are included in the per share calculations where
the effect of their inclusion would be dilutive. Common equivalent shares
consist of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series A Stock") and the
assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants. Pursuant to
Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 83, the
common equivalent shares issued by the Company during the twelve-months
preceding the anticipated effective date of the registration statement relating
to the Company's initial public offering (July 31, 1996), using the treasury
stock method and the assumed public offering price (of $9.00 per share), have
been included in the calculation of net loss per common share for all periods
presented.
    
 
   
  Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet:
    
 
   
     In April 1996, the Board of Directors authorized management of the Company
to file a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission
permitting the Company to sell shares of its Common Stock in an initial public
offering (the "IPO"). If the IPO is consummated as presently anticipated,
791,011 shares of Series A Stock will convert into 791,011 shares of Common
Stock and 188,705 shares of
    
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   74
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: -- (CONTINUED)
    
   
Common Stock, which is currently reserved for issuance, will be issued. (See
Note 8.) The unaudited pro forma presentation of the June 30, 1996 balance sheet
has been prepared assuming this conversion.
    
 
  Risks, Uncertainties and Concentrations:
 
   
     The Company invests its cash primarily in money market funds with an
international commercial bank. The Company had a balance in these funds of $0,
$1,175,279 and $2,425,622 as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996,
respectively. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested
cash. The Company's cash balances exceed Federal insured amounts.
    
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and could
impact future results of operations and cash flows.
 
     The Company sells its product to a wide variety of customers in a variety
of industries. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers
but does not require collateral or other security to support customer accounts
receivable. In management's opinion, the Company has provided sufficient
provisions to prevent a significant impact of credit losses to the financial
statements.
 
   
     In 1993 and 1994, two customers accounted for over 70% and 65% of total
revenues, respectively. In 1995, three customers accounted for over 39% of total
revenues. For the six month period ended June 30, 1996, two customers accounted
for 34% of total revenues.
    
 
   
     One customer accounted for 36% of total accounts receivable as of December
31, 1995. Three customers accounted for 58% of total accounts receivable as of
June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
  Fair Value of Financial Instruments:
    
 
     The carrying amounts of the Company's assets and liabilities approximate
fair value due to either the short-term maturity of those financial instruments
or their negotiated market terms.
 
  Stock-based Compensation:
 
   
     In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 ("SFAS 123") Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, which is effective for the Company's financial
statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. SFAS 123 allows
companies to either account for stock-based compensation under the new
provisions of SFAS 123 or under the provisions of Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, but
requires pro forma disclosure in the footnotes to the financial statements as if
the measurement provisions of SFAS 123 had been adopted. The Company has
continued to account for its stock based compensation in accordance with the
provisions of APB 25.
    
 
  Reclassifications:
 
     Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' financial
statements to conform to the classifications used in the current period.
 
3. INVENTORY:
 
   
     The Company has provided an allowance for potentially nonsalable inventory
in the amounts of $0, $50,000 and $50,000 as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and
June 30, 1996, respectively.
    
 
4. NOTES PAYABLE:
 
   
     In October 1995, the Company entered into a $50,000 loan agreement with an
international financial institution. The loan requires monthly payments of
interest at a rate equal to the institution's prime lending rate for the first
twelve months (8.25% as of June 30, 1996). In October 1996, the interest rate
increases to
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   75
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
4. NOTES PAYABLE: -- (CONTINUED)
    
   
1.5% over prime (9.75% as of June 30, 1996). The Company is required to repay
the loan through 36 monthly payments commencing October 1996. The loan is
collateralized by the assets of the Company and is subordinate to notes payable
to a shareholder. (See Note 5.)
    
 
   
     In both December 1995 and January 1996, the Company issued $1,250,000 in 7%
uncollateralized promissory notes to fourteen individual investors. During April
1996, the principal and accrued interest was converted into shares of the
Company's Series A Stock. (See Note 7.)
    
 
   
     During June 1996, the Company borrowed $1,500,000 and issued an 8%
uncollateralized senior subordinated note due June 18, 2000, with 333,332
detachable warrants to purchase Common Stock. Of the 333,332 detachable
warrants, 266,666 are exercisable at $4.50 per share and 66,666 are exercisable
at $0.015 per share. The notes must be redeemed upon consummation of an initial
public offering and the warrants with an exercise price of $0.015 per share must
be exercised by June 30, 1996. The Company has allocated $1,201,000 and $299,000
to notes payable and additional paid-in capital, respectively, based upon the
pro-rata fair market value of the instruments. As of June 30, 1996, the Company
has amortized $109,837 of the discount, which assumes that the Company will
consummate an initial public offering by July 31, 1996. As of June 30, 1996, the
notes payable balance was $1,310,837. The 66,666 detachable warrants with an
exercise price of $0.015 were exercised on June 28, 1996.
    
 
   
     Maturities of notes payable as of June 30 are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                <C>
        1997.............................................................  $1,327,505
        1998.............................................................      16,667
        1999.............................................................      14,977
                                                                           ----------
                                                                           $1,359,149
                                                                           ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
5. NOTES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES:
 
   
     On June 1, 1995, the Company issued a promissory note for $330,000 to a
foreign shareholder due on May 31, 1996. In lieu of cash payments for interest,
the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer agreed to contribute 230,000
shares of Common Stock to the Company and the Company agreed to issue those
shares of Common Stock to the note holder. On May 17, 1996, the foreign
shareholder executed an agreement extending the term of the note to May 31,
1997. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had issued 76,666 shares of Common Stock
under this agreement, recognizing interest expense of $40,681 and $56,954 during
1996 and 1995, respectively.
    
 
   
     On June 12, 1996, in consideration for the foreign shareholder's agreement
not to demand payment of the $330,000 note until May 31, 1997, the Board of
Directors authorized the Company to offer the foreign shareholder the option to
receive common stock at $4.50 per share, in lieu of cash in payment of the note.
On June 28, 1996, the Company issued the 73,333 shares of common stock at $4.50
per share in exchange for the note payable. In addition, the Company's President
and Chief Executive Officer contributed 153,333 shares of the Company's Common
Stock to the Company and the Company issued those shares to the note holder.
    
 
   
     The Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, who is the majority
shareholder, has advanced the Company operating funds under three separate
promissory notes which are updated on an annual basis. The notes bear interest
at 8% and are due on demand. Total amounts outstanding under the notes were
$19,293, $143,644 and $138,305 as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30,
1996, respectively.
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   76
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
6. INCOME TAXES:
 
     The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred income taxes are as follows as of:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                         1994            1995            1996
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------
    <S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
    Deferred income tax assets:
         Deferred income..........................   $         --    $      4,828    $      3,919
         Inventory allowance......................             --          19,310          19,310
         Allowance for bad debts..................             --           9,122          66,737
         Nondeductible accruals...................             --              --          69,895
         Deferred rent............................             --          20,453          37,206
         Stock-based employee compensation........             --              --         188,381
         Accretion of note payable discount.......             --              --          40,408
         Net operating loss carryforwards.........        165,804         452,580       1,104,996
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------
              Total deferred income tax asset.....        165,804         506,293       1,530,852
              Less valuation allowance............       (165,804)       (506,293)     (1,530,852)
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------
              Deferred income taxes, net..........   $         --    $         --    $         --
                                                     ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The net change in the valuation allowance from 1994 to 1995 and from 1995
to 1996 is due principally to increases in net operating losses. Valuation
allowances have been recognized due to the uncertainty of realizing the benefit
of net operating carryforwards. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had net
operating loss carryforwards of approximately $2,861,000, for Federal and state
income tax purposes available to offset future taxable income. The net operating
loss carryforwards begin expiring from 2008 to 2011.
    
 
   
7. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
    
 
   
  Common Stock:
    
 
   
     On February 16, 1993, the Company was authorized to issue 5,666,666 shares
of Common Stock, all one class, with no par value. On January 1, 1994, the
Company amended the Articles of Incorporation to increase the authorized shares
of Common Stock from 5,666,666 to 13,333,333 and establish a par value of $0.001
per share. Each holder of Common Stock has one vote for each share of Common
Stock held and shall participate proportionately in the assets upon dissolution
in accordance with their respective ownership.
    
 
   
  Stock Splits:
    
 
   
     On November 11, 1995, the Board of Directors authorized and the
shareholders approved a ten-for-one stock split of the outstanding shares of the
Company's Common Stock. On June 12 and June 28, 1996, respectively, the Board of
Directors authorized and the shareholders approved a two-for-three reverse stock
split of the outstanding shares of the Company's Preferred and Common Stock,
which was effective July 2, 1996. All references to Common Stock, Preferred
Stock, options and per share data have been restated to give effect to both
stock splits.
    
 
   
  Stock Options Plans:
    
 
   
     The Company has the following three stock options plans: 1995 Non-Statutory
Stock Option Plan, the 1996 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan and the 1996
Incentive Stock Plan ("Plans"). The Plans were adopted to attract and retain key
employees, directors, officers and consultants. The Plans are administered by a
committee appointed by the Board of Directors ("Compensation Committee").
    
 
  1995 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan:
 
   
     The Compensation Committee determines the number of options granted to a
key employee, the vesting period, and the exercise price provided it is not
below market value on the date of the grant for the 1995 Non-Statutory Stock
Option Plan ("1995 Plan"). In most cases, the options vest over a two year
period and
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   77
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
7. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: -- (CONTINUED)
    
   
terminate in ten years from the date of grant. The 1995 Plan will terminate
during May 2005 unless terminated earlier with the provisions of the 1995 Plan.
    
 
   
     Option activity for the period from the 1995 Plan's inception to June 30,
1996 was as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SHARES           PRICE
                                                               -------     ----------------
    <S>                                                        <C>         <C>
    Balance as of December 31, 1994..........................       --            --
         Granted.............................................  350,293     $0.4245 - $2.505
         Exercised...........................................       --            --
         Canceled............................................       --            --
                                                               -------
    Balance as of December 31, 1995..........................  350,293     $0.4245 - $2.505
         Granted.............................................    2,000          $4.50
         Exercised...........................................       --            --
         Canceled............................................   (1,334)         $4.50
                                                               -------
    Balance as of June 30, 1996..............................  350,959     $0.4245 - $4.50
                                                               =======
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     As of June 30, 1996, the Compensation Committee, which administers the 1995
Plan, was authorized by the Board of Directors to grant options for a total of
352,293 shares of Common Stock under the 1995 Plan. As of December 31, 1995 and
June 30, 1996, 44,445 and 139,655, respectively, of the options were vested and
exercisable. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had no shares of Common Stock
available for grant under the 1995 Plan.
    
 
   
  1996 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan:
    
 
   
     The Compensation Committee, which administers the 1996 Non-Statutory Stock
Option Plan ("Non-Statutory Plan"), established the options price to be the fair
market value of the stock on the date of grant. The options are not
transferable, are subject to various restrictions outlined in the Non-Statutory
Plan and must be exercised by December 31, 1996.
    
 
   
     Option activity for the period from the Non-Statutory Plan's inception to
June 30, 1996 was as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         SHARES      PRICE
                                                                        --------     -----
    <S>                                                                 <C>          <C>
    Balance as of December 31, 1995...................................        --      --
         Granted......................................................   383,965     $0.75
         Exercised....................................................  (383,965)    $0.75
         Canceled.....................................................        --      --
                                                                        --------
    Balance as of June 30, 1996.......................................        --      --
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     As of June 30, 1996, 383,965 options were granted under the Non-Statutory
Plan. No additional options are available for grant under the plan. The options
were exercised on April 22, 1996 at $0.75 a share in exchange for notes and par
value in cash. The notes are full recourse promissory notes bearing interest at
6% per annum and are collateralized by the stock issued upon exercise of the
stock options. Principal and interest is payable in installments. Maturities
range from April 1997 to April 2006. The Company has accounted for these notes
as a reduction to shareholders' equity as of June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
  1996 Incentive Stock Plan:
    
 
   
     During June 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Incentive Stock Plan ("1996
Plan"), under which incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and
restricted share awards may be made to the Company's key employees, directors,
officers and consultants. Both incentive stock options and options that are not
qualified under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
("non-qualified options") are available under the 1996 Plan. The options are not
transferable and are subject to various
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   78
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
7. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: -- (CONTINUED)
    
   
restrictions outlined in the 1996 Plan. The Compensation Committee, which
administers the 1996 Plan, determines the number of options granted to a key
employee, officer or consultant, the vesting period and the exercise price
provided that it is not below market value. The 1996 Plan will terminate during
June 2006 unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors.
    
 
   
     The 1996 Plan also provides for the automatic grant of a non-qualified
option to purchase 6,666 shares of Common Stock to each new non-employee
director. All options have a five year term and are exercisable on the date of
grant. As of June 30, 1996, two of the Company's directors were eligible to
participate in the 1996 Plan and each director was granted a non-qualified
option to purchase 6,666 shares of Common Stock.
    
 
   
     The Compensation Committee authorized the Board of Directors to grant
options for a total of 2,333,333 shares of Common Stock under the 1996 Plan. To
date, the Compensation Committee has granted a total of 759,235 non-qualified
options, of which 590,394 were issued at $3.75 per share, 155,509 were issued at
$4.50 per share and 13,332 were issued at $9.00 per share. Of the total 759,235
non-qualified options, 327,781 are vested and exercisable as of June 30, 1996.
The Compensation Committee has also granted 190,642 incentive stock options, of
which 57,201 were vested and exercisable as of June 30, 1996. As of June 30,
1996, the Company had 1,383,456 shares of Common Stock available for grant under
the 1996 Plan.
    
 
   
     Option activity for the period from the 1996 Plan's inception to June 30,
1996 was as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    INCENTIVE              NON-QUALIFIED
                                                  STOCK OPTIONS            STOCK OPTIONS
                                                -----------------     -----------------------
                                                SHARES      PRICE      SHARE         PRICE
                                                -------     -----     -------     -----------
    <S>                                         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
    Balance as of December 31, 1995...........
         Granted..............................  190,642     $4.50     759,235     $3.75-$9.00
                                                -------     -----                 -----------
         Exercised............................    --         --         --            --
         Canceled.............................    --         --         --            --
                                                -------               -------
    Balance as of June 30, 1996...............  190,642     $4.50     759,235     $3.75-$9.00
                                                =======     -----     =======     -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     On July 8, 1996, the Compensation Committee granted incentive stock options
to purchase 20,668 shares of Common Stock to employees at $9.00 per share.
    
 
   
     The Company accounts for the fair value of its grants under the Plans in
accordance with APB 25. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized
for the Plans. Had compensation expense been determined based on the fair value
at the grant dates for awards under the Plans consistent with the method of SFAS
123, the Company's net income and loss per share would have been reduced to the
pro forma amounts indicated below:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995          1996
                                                                ----------    ----------
        <S>                                                     <C>           <C>
        Net loss
             As reported.....................................   $1,032,311    $2,660,218
             Pro forma.......................................   $1,047,374    $4,125,636
        Loss per common share
             As reported.....................................        $0.12         $0.28
             Pro forma.......................................        $0.12         $0.43
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using a
type of Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants during the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six
month period ended June 30, 1996, respectively: dividend yield of 0% and 0%,
expected volatility of 0% and 0%, risk-free interest rate of 6.3% and 6.6% and
expected terms of 3.0 and 3.6 years.
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   79
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
7. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: -- (CONTINUED)
    
   
     A summary of the status of the Company's stock option plans is presented
below:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED                 SIX MONTHS
                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1995         ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                               ---------------------     -----------------------
                                                           WEIGHTED-                   WEIGHTED-
                                                            AVERAGE                     AVERAGE
                                                           EXERCISE                    EXERCISE
                                               SHARES        PRICE        SHARES         PRICE
                                               -------     ---------     ---------     ---------
    <S>                                        <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
    Options outstanding beginning of
      period................................        --           --        350,293      $ 1.238
    Options exercised.......................        --           --       (383,965)     $  0.75
    Options canceled........................        --           --         (1,334)     $  4.50
    Options granted.........................   350,293      $ 1.238      1,335,842      $ 3.136
    Options outstanding end of period.......   350,293      $ 1.238      1,300,836      $ 3.332
    Options exercisable at end of period....    44,445      $ 0.425        524,637      $ 3.352
    Weighted-average fair value of options
      granted during the period.............        --      $ 0.043             --      $ 1.097
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     As of June 30, 1996, the weighted average remaining contractual life of the
options that range from $3.75 to $9.00 is 7.6 years.
    
 
   
     As of June 30, 1996 and December 31, 1995, the pro forma tax effects under
SFAS 109 would include an increase to both the deferred tax asset and the
valuation allowance of $565,900 and $5,800, respectively, and no impact to the
statement of operations.
    
 
  Reserved for Issuance:
 
   
     The Board of Directors has authorized 188,705 shares of the Company's
Common Stock to be reserved for issuance in accordance with a license agreement
whereby the licensor may waive its future rights to any license fees in exchange
for 2% of the Company's outstanding voting stock, after giving effect to the
issuance to the licensor, until the date of an initial public offering. (See
Note 8.)
    
 
  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock:
 
   
     During April and May, 1996, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance
of 791,011 shares of Series A Stock with a par value of $0.001.
    
 
   
     The holders of Series A Stock do not have any preemptive rights to
subscribe for any securities of the Company. The holders of Series A Stock are
entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the
Company. The holders of Series A Stock also are entitled to vote, as a class, on
matters affecting the value of the Series A Stock. All action requiring the
approval of holders of shares of Series A Stock voting as a class must be
authorized by a majority vote of the holders thereof. The Board of Directors may
declare dividends on the Series A Stock payable at any time in cash, in
property, or in shares of Series A Stock. Series A Stock holders are entitled to
share ratably in dividends with the holders of any other series of the Company's
Preferred Stock now existing or hereafter created, but receive no preference in
dividends declared. The Company will not pay dividends on Common Stock as long
as any shares of Series A Stock are issued and outstanding. In the event of any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, sale, or winding up of the Company, the
holders of Series A Stock are entitled to receive, in preference to holders of
Common Stock, an amount equal to the purchase price per share of the Series A
Stock plus any accrued but unpaid dividends. Any remaining proceeds shall be
allocated between Common and the holders of Series A Stock on a pro rata basis,
treating the shares of Series A Stock on an as if converted basis.
    
 
   
     Shares of Series A Stock may at any time be converted into shares of Common
Stock, on a one-for-one basis, provided that such shares of Series A Stock have
not previously been converted by automatic conversion. A mandatory conversion
will occur in the event of an initial public offering in which at least
$15,000,000 is raised and the offering price per share is at least 1.75 times
the initial conversion price of $4.50 per share of Series A Stock ($7.875). The
Series A Stock will not, however, convert automatically if the
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   80
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
7. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: -- (CONTINUED)
    
   
initial offering price is less than $7.875 per share. The conversion ratio will
be adjusted so that shares of Series A Stock are convertible into shares of
Common Stock on greater than one-for-one basis as follows. If the Company
effects an initial public offering prior to June 30, 1997 at a price less than
$7.875 per share, the conversion ratio will be adjusted by multiplying the
subscription price of $4.50 per share by 1.75 ("Conversion Factor") and dividing
such product by the midpoint of the offering price range contained in the final
pre-effective amendment to the registration statement relating to such initial
public offering. If the Company's initial public offering occurs (i) during the
period from April 1, 1997 to June 30, 1998 at a price less than $9.00 per share
or (ii) after June 30, 1998 at a price less than $13.50 per share, the
conversion ratio is adjusted as set forth in the preceding sentence except the
Conversion Factor becomes 2.00 in the event clause (i) applies or 3.00 in the
event clause (ii) applies.
    
 
   
     On April 15, 1996, the Company repaid the full amount of the 7%
uncollateralized promissory notes outstanding, including accrued interest, to
seven of the investors who participated in the December 1995 and January 1996
note offering, by issuing shares of the Company's Series A Stock, at a price of
$4.50 per share. The Company paid cash to each of these investors in an amount
equal to the value of any fractional shares of Series A Stock that would
otherwise have been transferred to such investors. In addition, the Company
permitted the seven investors to purchase an additional 222,222 shares of Series
A Stock at a price of $4.50 per share. Of the remaining seven investors, two
transferred their notes to one of the other remaining investors. The remaining
five investors exchanged their notes, including the transferred notes, for
shares of the Company's Series A Stock on May 24, 1996, also at a price of $4.50
per share. A total of 791,011 shares of Series A Stock were issued on of May 24,
1996 and are outstanding as of June 30, 1996.
    
 
8. COMMITMENTS:
 
   
  Leases:
    
 
   
     The Company is obligated under various operating and capital lease
agreements, primarily for office space and equipment through 2001. Future
minimum lease payments under these non-cancelable operating and capital leases
as of June 30, are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 OPERATING     CAPITAL
                                                                 ---------     --------
        <S>                                                      <C>           <C>
        1996...................................................  $ 180,092     $ 56,444
        1997...................................................    187,224       40,062
        1998...................................................    197,036       24,017
        1999...................................................    197,928       20,502
        2000...................................................    148,446        9,398
                                                                 ---------     --------
        Total minimum payments.................................  $ 910,726      150,423
                                                                 =========
        Less: portion representing interest....................                 (26,794)
                                                                               --------
        Present value of capital lease obligations.............                 123,629
        Less: current portion..................................                 (49,187)
                                                                               --------
        Capital lease obligations, non-current.................                $ 74,442
                                                                               ========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Rental expense was $0, $12,366, $92,785 and $85,728, for the period
February 16, 1993 (date of inception) to December 31, 1993 and for the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the six month period ended June 30,
1996, respectively.
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   81
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
8. COMMITMENTS: -- (CONTINUED)
     The cost and accumulated amortization of assets under capital leases were
as follows as of:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                      1994             1995           1996
                                                  ------------     ------------     --------
        <S>                                       <C>              <C>              <C>
        Furniture and fixtures..................    $     --         $  8,752       $  8,752
        Office and computer equipment...........          --          114,640        144,059
                                                    --------         --------       --------
                                                          --          123,392        152,811
        Less: Accumulated amortization..........          --           (3,192)       (31,451)
                                                    --------         --------       --------
                                                    $     --         $120,200       $121,360
                                                    ========         ========       ========
</TABLE>
    
 
  License Agreements:
 
   
     In 1994, the Company entered into two licensing agreements whereby the
Company obtained the right to modify and sell certain technology used in its
product line. One of the agreements requires the Company to pay fees based on
product and subscription sales for any product using the licensed technology.
The other agreement provides for payment of fees based upon gross revenues of
the Company. This latter agreement also gives the other party ("Licensor") the
right to forfeit future licensing fees in exchange for 2% of the Company's
outstanding voting stock, after giving effect to the issuance to the Licensor.
(See Note 7.) The Licensor elected to receive voting stock in May 1996. The
Company incurred expenses totaling $0, $110,860 and $135,779 relating to these
agreements in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
    
 
   
  Licensing Rights:
    
 
   
     The Company has incorporated in its products, data encryption and
authentication technology developed by the Licensor. The Company has become
aware of a third party dispute over the rights to the Licensor's technology. The
Company has received no notification with respect to this matter and management
believes that the Company will not experience detrimental effects from the
outcome of this dispute. The financial statements do not contain any adjustments
that may result from the resolution of this matter.
    
 
9. FINANCING:
 
   
     The Company has incurred net losses of $35,684, $406,288, $1,032,311 and
$2,660,218, for the period February 16, 1993 (date of inception) to December 31,
1993, for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the six month
period ended June 30, 1996. Management has historically been successful in
obtaining outside financing to meet obligations and funding working capital
requirements as they come due. Most recently, the Company closed on several
transactions that provided additional cash flow. These are summarized below.
    
 
   
     During June 1996, the Company borrowed $1,500,000 and issued an 8%
uncollateralized senior subordinated note due June 18, 2000, with 333,332
detachable warrants to purchase Common Stock. (See Note 4.)
    
 
   
     The Company also raised an additional $999,999 by issuing 222,222 shares of
Series A Stock at $4.50 per share.
    
 
   
     During June 1996, the Company signed a software license contract with a
customer for $2,000,000, with payment terms of $500,000 to be received during
July 1996 and the remaining $1,500,000 to be paid over the remaining two year
contract period.
    
 
   
     During April 1996, the Board of Directors authorized the President and
Chief Executive Officer to proceed with plans for the initial public offering of
the Company's Common Stock. In the event the Company does not successfully
complete its initial public offering, the Company intends to pursue other
financing alternatives that may be available to the Company and, if required,
reduce its operating expenses.
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   82
 
   
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY ANY OF
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO
MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
OFFER OR SALE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE
HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
    
                            ------------------------
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE
                                          ----
<S>                                       <C>
Prospectus Summary......................    3
Risk Factors............................    6
Use of Proceeds.........................   16
Dividend Policy.........................   16
Capitalization..........................   17
Dilution................................   18
Selected Financial Data.................   19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations............................   20
Business................................   26
Management..............................   40
Certain Transactions....................   50
Principal Shareholders..................   52
Selling Shareholders....................   55
Description of Capital Stock............   56
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.........   58
Underwriting............................   61
Legal Matters...........................   62
Experts.................................   62
Additional Information..................   62
Index to Financial Statements...........  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
     UNTIL        , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
   
                                2,300,000 SHARES
    
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
   
                                  COMMON STOCK
    
                        -------------------------------
   
                                   PROSPECTUS
    
                        -------------------------------
                               PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
 
                             VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
   
                                          , 1996
    
<PAGE>   83
 
   
                                    PART II
    
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
     The following table sets forth estimated expenses expected to be incurred
by the Company in connection with the issuance and distribution of the
securities being registered.
 
   
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                 <C>
        Securities and Exchange
             Commission Registration Fee.................................   $9,121.00
        NASD Filing Fee..................................................    3,145.00
        NASDAQ Listing Fee...............................................       *
        Blue Sky Fees and Expenses.......................................       *
        Printing and Engraving Expenses..................................       *
        Accounting Fees and Expenses.....................................       *
        Legal Fees and Expenses..........................................       *
        Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses.................................       *
        Miscellaneous....................................................       *
                                                                            ---------
                  Total..................................................   $   *
                                                                            =========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
* To be provided by amendment.
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
     Article Ninth of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation provides that the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent
now or hereafter permitted by law, each director, officer employee or agent
(including each former director, officer, employee agent) of the Company who was
or is made party to or a witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or a
witness in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact
that he is or was an authorized representative of the Company, against all
expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements), judgments, fines
(including excise taxes and penalties) and amounts paid in settlement actually
and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding.
   
     Article VI, Section 6.1 of the Company's Amended and Restated Bylaws
provides that each person who was or is made a party to or is otherwise involved
in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Director,
officer, agent or employee of the Company, shall be indemnified and held
harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be
amended, against any expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Director shall be
indemnified nor held harmless in violation of the provisions of the Company's
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and no Director, officer,
agent or employee shall be indemnified nor held harmless by the Company unless:
    
          (i) In the case of conduct in his/her official capacity with the
     Company, he/she acted in good faith and in a manner he/she reasonably
     believed to be in the best interests of the Company;
          (ii) In all other cases, his/her conduct was at least not opposed to
     the best interests of the Company nor in violation of the Amended and
     Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or any agreement entered into
     by the Company; and
          (iii) In the case of any criminal proceeding, he/she had no reasonable
     cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful.
     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a
corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of
the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the
corporation in related capacities against amounts paid and expenses incurred in
connection with an action or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be
made a party by reason of such position, if such person shall have acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   84
 
best interests of the corporation and, in any criminal proceeding, if such
person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; provided
that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no
indemnification shall be made with respect to any matter as to which such person
shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the
extent that the adjudicating court determines that such indemnification is
proper under the circumstances.
     Pursuant to the provisions of the Common Stock Purchase Agreement (the
"Underwriting Agreement"), the underwriters are obligated, under certain
circumstances to indemnify directors and officers for the Company against
certain liability, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Reference is
made to the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 hereto.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
     During the past three years, the Company has issued unregistered securities
to persons as described below. No underwriters or underwriting discounts or
commissions were paid in connection with such issuances. There were no public
offerings in such transactions, and the Company believes that each transaction,
unless otherwise noted, was exempt from registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), by reason of Section
4(2) thereof, based on the private nature of the transactions and the financial
sophistication of the purchasers, all of whom had access to complete information
concerning the Company and acquired the securities for investment and not with a
view to the distribution thereof. All share numbers indicated below have been
retroactively adjusted to reflect the 10-for-1 stock split effective November
13, 1995.
   
     On February 21, 1994, the Company issued 5,666,666 shares to James F. Chen
in consideration for a payment of $10,000. On February 21, 1994, the Company
also issued: (i) 100,000 shares of Common Stock to Maxine Loh in consideration
for a payment of $25,000; (ii) 300,000 shares of Common Stock to Ed Lee, Teresa
Lee, David Luk and Lousia Lee in consideration for a payment of $75,000; (iii)
200,000 shares of Common Stock to Charles C. Chen in consideration for a payment
of $49,500; (iv) 200,000 shares of Common Stock to How Lin in consideration for
equipment valued at $50,000; (v) 100,000 shares of Common Stock to Mark and
Sheryl Rosenthal in consideration for a payment of $25,000; and (vi) 100,000
shares of Common Stock to Ngan Ying Chen in consideration for a payment of
$25,000.
    
   
     On May 15, 1995, James F. Chen contributed 333,333 shares of Common Stock
to the capital of the Company and the Company issued 333,333 shares of Common
Stock to Jieh-Shan Wang in consideration for services rendered.
    
   
     On June 1, 1995, James F. Chen contributed 132,666 shares of Common Stock
to the capital of the Company. On that date, the Company issued 1,176,473 shares
of Common Stock to Hai Hua Cheng in consideration for a payment of $500,000
which was made to the Company in December 1994. To provide protection against
dilution to Mr. Cheng's $500,000 investment, the Company issued 56,000 shares of
Common Stock to Mr. Chen as trustee of a voting trust for Mr. Cheng on June 1,
1995. Also on June 1, 1996, the Company issued an additional 76,666 shares of
Common Stock to the voting trust established for Mr. Chen in consideration for
providing a loan of $330,000. On June 28, 1996, the Company issued an additional
73,333 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Cheng in order to repay this loan. On such
date, the Company also issued 153,333 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Cheng as
further consideration for the provision of the loan and Mr. Chen contributed
153,333 shares of Common Stock to the capital of the Company.
    
   
     On December 12, 1995, the Company issued: (i) 41,286 shares of Common Stock
to Ban Leong Eap and Pisei Phlong Eap in consideration for a payment of
$100,000; (ii) 5,555 shares of Common Stock to Joseph D. Gallagher in
consideration for a payment of $25,000; (iii) 5,556 shares of Common Stock to
Gill & Sippel Profit Sharing Plan, FBO Joseph D. Gallagher in consideration for
a payment of $25,000; (iv) 11,111 shares of Common Stock to Chansothi Um and
Viseth Um in consideration for a payment of $50,000; (v) 27,778 shares of Common
Stock to Stanley Shapiro in consideration for a payment of $125,000; (vi) 11,111
shares of Common Stock to Burnett Moody in consideration for a payment of
$50,000; and (vi) 5,555 shares of Common Stock to Norman Fine in consideration
for a payment of $25,000.
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   85
 
   
     On December 12, 1995, the Company also issued 333,333 shares of Common
Stock to Ray Hanner for services rendered and 20,000 shares of Common Stock to
Scott Hu consisting of 11,111 shares in accordance with the terms of Mr. Hu's
Employment Agreement and 8,889 shares issued as a severance payment.
    
   
     Between May, 1995 and June 12, 1996, the Company granted options to
purchase 213,331 shares of Common Stock at $0.4245, 136,962 shares of Common
Stock at $2.505 per share and 2,000 shares at $4.50 per share under the
Company's 1995 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan. On June 12, 1996, the Company
granted options to purchase 590,394 shares of Common Stock at $3.75 per share
and options to purchase 359,483 shares of Common Stock at $4.50 per share under
the Company's 1996 Incentive Stock Plan. On July 8, 1996, the Company granted
options to purchase 20,668 shares of Common Stock under the 1996 Incentive Stock
Plan at $9.00 per share. The Company believes that the option grants described
in this paragraph are exempt from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act by reason of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder because the options
were granted pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans of the Company,
copies of which were provided to each participant, and the aggregate offering
price did not exceed the limit prescribed by Rule 701 in connection with any
such grant.
    
   
     In April, 1996, the Company issued options to purchase 383,965 shares of
Common Stock subject to restrictions on transferability ("Restricted Stock"), at
$0.75 per share, under the Company's 1996 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan. As of
June 12, 1996, all options granted under the Plan had been exercised and a total
of 383,965 shares of Restricted Stock had been issued. The Company also believes
that the transactions described in this paragraph are exempt from registration
under the Securities Act by reason of Rule 701 as the options were granted
pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan of the Company, a copy of the
plan was provided to each participant, and the aggregate offering price did not
exceed the limit prescribed by Rule 701.
    
     In December, 1995 and January, 1996, the Company borrowed $2.5 million
through the sale of 7% interest bearing, unsecured promissory notes due June 30,
1996 to fourteen investors ("Note Offering"). The Company issued: (i) a note
dated December 19, 1995 in the amount of $200,000 to the Trustee under the
Shapiro Family Trust; (ii) a note dated December 18, 1995 in the amount of
$25,000 to Burnett H. Moody; (iii) a note dated December 15, 1995 in the amount
of $25,000 to Norman D. Fine; (iv) a note dated December 15, 1995 in the amount
of $500,000 to Lewis M. Schott; (v) a note dated December 22, 1995 in the amount
of $175,000 to Bryan T. Vanas; (vi) a note dated December 22, 1995 in the amount
of $100,000 to Joseph Lupo and Rosa Lupo; (vii) a note dated December 22, 1995
in the amount of $225,000 to Lee DeVisser and Linda DeVisser, Trustees of the
DeVisser Trust dated January 4, 1993; (viii) a note dated January 15, 1996 in
the amount of $166,500 to Edgehill Capital Management LP; (ix) a note dated
January 15, 1996 in the amount of $60,000 to J. Francis Lavelle; (x) a note
dated January 15, 1996 in the amount of $547,000 to Steven A. Cohen; (xi) a note
dated January 15, 1996 in the amount of $60,000 to John P. Holmes III; (xii) a
note dated January 15, 1996 in the amount of $166,500 to Golden Eagle Partners;
(xiii) a note dated January 15, 1996 in the amount of $50,000 to John J. Egan
IV; and (xiv) a note dated January 15, 1996, in the amount of $200,000 to
Kenneth Lissak.
   
     On April 15, 1996, the Company exchanged the full amount of notes
(including accrued interest) issued to seven investors for shares of the
Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series A Stock") at $4.50 per
share and paid cash to each of the seven investors in an amount equal to any
fractional shares of Series A Stock. The Company issued: (i) 45,450 shares of
Series A Stock to the Trustee of the Shapiro Family Trust; (ii) 5,682 shares of
Series A Stock to Burnett H. Moody; (iii) 5,685 shares of Series A Stock to
Norman D. Fine; (iv) 113,711 shares of Series A Stock to Lewis M. Schott; (v)
39,746 shares of Series A Stock to Bryan T. Vanas, (vi) 22,712 shares of Series
A Stock to Joseph Lupo and Rosa Lupo and (vii) 51,102 shares of Series A Stock
to Lee DeVisser and Linda DeVisser Trustees of the Lee DeVisser Trust dated
January 4, 1993.
    
   
     On April 15, 1996, the Company offered certain of the investors who agreed
to exchange their notes for Series A Stock, the opportunity to subscribe for an
additional 222,222 shares of Series A Stock at a price of $4.50 per share in
proportion to each investor's pro-rata interest in the Note Offering. The
Company issued (i) 27,778 shares of Series A Stock to Stanley Shapiro in
consideration for a payment of $125,001; (ii) 4,444 shares of Series A Stock to
Burnett H. Moody in consideration for a payment of $19,998; (iii) 2,222 shares
of Series A Stock to Norman D. Fine in consideration for a payment of $9,999;
(iv) 97,889 shares of Series A Stock to Lewis M. Schott in consideration for a
payment of $440,502; (v) 31,444 shares of Series A Stock to
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   86
 
   
Bryan T. Vanas in consideration for a payment of $141,498; (vi) 18,000 shares of
Series A Stock to Joseph Lupo and Rosa Lupo in consideration for a payment of
$81,000; and (vii) 40,445 shares of Series A Stock to Lee DeVisser and Linda
DeVisser Trustees of the Lee DeVisser Trust dated January 4, 1993 in
consideration for a payment of $182,001.
    
   
     Two of the remaining seven noteholders transferred their notes to another
noteholder. On May 24, 1996, the Company exchanged the full amount of the
remaining notes (including accrued interest) for Shares of Series A Stock at
$4.50 per share and paid cash in an amount equal to any fractional shares. The
Company issued: (i) 11,388 shares of Series A Stock to John J. Egan, IV; (ii)
37,922 shares of Series A Stock to Golden Eagle Partners; (iii) 37,922 shares of
Series A Stock to Edgehill Capital Management; (iv) 151,917 shares of Series A
Stock to Steven A. Cohen; and (v) 45,552 shares of Series A Stock to Kenneth
Lissak.
    
   
     On May 23, 1996 RSA Data Security, Inc. ("RSA") exercised an option granted
under the Company's license agreement with RSA, to convert its right to receive
future royalties into 2% of the Company's issued and outstanding voting
securities, after giving effect to the issuance to RSA, through the date of the
public offering. Pursuant to a separate agreement between RSA and Massachusetts
Institute of Technology ("MIT"), MIT is entitled to receive 7.2% of any
royalties that RSA receives. As a result, the Company will issue to MIT, 7.2% of
the 2% of shares to which RSA was entitled under the license agreement. At the
time of the Offering, RSA and MIT will be entitled to receive 175,118 and 13,587
shares of Common Stock, respectively.
    
   
     In June, 1996 the Company issued 11,111 shares of Common Stock to John J.
Egan IV in consideration for consulting services rendered to the Company.
    
   
     In June, 1996, the Company borrowed $1.5 million from JMI Equity Fund II,
L.P. by issuing unsecured, 8% interest-bearing, senior subordinated notes in the
principal amount of $1.5 million with detachable warrants to purchase 333,332
shares of Common Stock. Of the 333,332 detachable warrants, 266,666 are
exercisable at $4.50 per share and 66,000 were exercisable at $0.015 per share.
The warrant to purchase 66,000 shares of Common Stock was exercised on June 28,
1996.
    
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
     (a) The following Financial Statement Schedules are filed as part of this
registration statement:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION
    ------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>            <C>
    Schedule II    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
</TABLE>
 
     (b) The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration
statement:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      NUMBER                                       DESCRIPTION
    -----------    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <C>            <S>
        1          Form of Underwriting Agreement*
        3.1        Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of July 2, 1996
        3.2        Amended and Restated Bylaws dated as of June 28, 1996
        3.3        Certificate of Designation, Preferences, and Rights of Series A Convertible
                   Preferred Stock dated April 4, 1996*
        3.4        Certificate of Increase in the Number of Shares of Series A Convertible
                   Preferred Stock dated May 21, 1996*
        5          Opinion on Legality**
        9.1        Voting Trust Agreement between Hai Hua Cheng and James F. Chen, Trustee*
        9.2        Voting Trust Agreement between Robert Zupnik and James F. Chen, Trustee*
        9.3        Voting Trust Agreement between Dennis Winson and James F. Chen, Trustee*
       10.1        Employment Agreement between V-ONE and James F. Chen dated as of June 12,
                   1996*
       10.2        V-ONE 1995 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan*
       10.3        V-ONE 1996 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan*
       10.4        V-ONE 1996 Incentive Stock Plan*
       10.5        Software License Agreement between Trusted Information Systems, Inc.
                   ("TIS") and V-ONE executed October 6, 1994*
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   87
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      NUMBER                                       DESCRIPTION
    -----------    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <C>            <S>
       10.6        First Amendment to the Software License Agreement between TIS and V-ONE*
       10.7        Second Amendment to the Software License Agreement between TIS and V-ONE*
       10.8        Third Amendment to the Software License Agreement between TIS and V-ONE*
       10.9        Fourth Amendment to the Software License Agreement between TIS and V-ONE*
       10.10       OEM Master License Agreement between RSA Data Security, Inc. ("RSA") and V-
                   ONE dated December 30, 1994 and Amendment Number One to the OEM Master
                   License Agreement between RSA and V-ONE*
       10.11       Amendment Number Two to the OEM Master License Agreement between RSA and
                   V-ONE and Conversion Agreement dated May 23, 1996*
       10.12       Promissory Note for Hai Hua Cheng with Allonge and Amendment dated June 12,
                   1996*
       10.13       Form of Exchange and Purchase Agreement dated April 1996*
       10.14       Registration Rights Agreement between V-ONE and JMI Equity Fund II, L.P.
                   ("JMI")*
       10.15       8% Senior Subordinated Note due June 18, 2000 issued by V-ONE to JMI*
       10.16       Warrant to Purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock (now 66,666 shares of
                   Common Stock) Issued by V-ONE to JMI*
       10.17       Warrant to Purchase 400,000 shares of Common Stock (now 266,666 shares of
                   Common Stock) Issued by V-ONE to JMI*
       11          Computation of Primary and Fully Diluted Loss Per Share
       23.1        Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
       23.2        Consent of Kirkpatrick & Lockhart, LLP**
       24          Power of Attorney: see signature page of this registration statement
       27          Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six
                   months ended June 30, 1996
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
 * Filed previously.
    
   
** To be filed by amendment.
    
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
     (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
          (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
     made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
             (i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the
        Securities Act of 1933;
             (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
        the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
        post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
        aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
        in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
        increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
        dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
        registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
        maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
        with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), if, in the aggregate the
        changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the
        maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
        Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement;
             (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan
        of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement
        or any material change to such information in the registration
        statement.
          (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
     Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
     a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
     and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
     initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   88
 
          (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
     any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
     termination of the offering.
     (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
     (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
     of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
     of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
     the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
     or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of
     this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
     prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>   89
 
                                   SIGNATURES
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this pre-effective amendment to its registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Rockville, State of Maryland, on July 19, 1996.
    
 
   
                                                  V-ONE CORPORATION
    
                                                     (Registrant)
 
                                      By: /s/  JAMES F. CHEN
 
                                ------------------------------------------
                                          Name: James F. Chen
                                          Title: President and
                                                 Chief Executive Officer
   
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints James F. Chen, Charles C. Chen, Chansothi Um and
Ban L. Eap, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in
his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all
amendments to this Registration Statement and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and
agents and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done, to all intents and
purposes and as fully as they might or could do in person, thereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
    
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Pre-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 SIGNATURE                                TITLE                        DATE
   -------------------------------------     --------------------------------     --------------
   <C>                                       <S>                                  <C>
            /s/  JAMES F. CHEN               President, Chief Executive           July 19, 1996
   -------------------------------------       Officer and Director
               James F. Chen
             /s/  CHANSOTHI UM               Treasurer and Acting Chief           July 19, 1996
   -------------------------------------       Financial Officer
               Chansothi Um
              /s/  BAN L. EAP                Controller                           July 19, 1996
   -------------------------------------
                Ban L. Eap
            /s/  HAI HUA CHENG               Director                             July 19, 1996
   -------------------------------------
               Hai Hua Cheng
           /s/  CHARLES C. CHEN              Director                             July 19, 1996
   -------------------------------------
              Charles C. Chen
           /s/  HARRY S. GRUNER              Director                             July 19, 1996
   -------------------------------------
              Harry S. Gruner
           /s/  WILLIAM E. ODOM              Director                             July 19, 1996
   -------------------------------------
              William E. Odom
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>   90
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
           (FOR THE PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 16, 1993 (DATE OF INCEPTION)
    TO DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
                    AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     BALANCE     ADDITIONS
                                                       AT        CHARGED TO                   BALANCE
                                                    BEGINNING    COSTS AND                   AT END OF
                   DESCRIPTION                      OF PERIOD     EXPENSES     DEDUCTIONS      PERIOD
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
  February 16, 1993 to December 31, 1993.........   $  --        $   --         $ --         $   --
  December 31, 1994..............................      --            --           --             --
  December 31, 1995..............................      --            23,620       --             23,620
  January 1, 1996 to June 30, 1996...............      23,620       149,185       --            172,805
DEFERRED TAX ASSET VALUATION ALLOWANCE
  February 16, 1993 to December 31, 1993.........      --            --           --             --
  December 31, 1994..............................      --           165,804       --            165,804
  December 31, 1995..............................     165,804       340,489       --            506,293
  January 1, 1996 to June 30, 1996...............     506,293     1,024,559       --          1,530,852
ALLOWANCE FOR NON-SALABLE INVENTORY
  February 16, 1993 to December 31, 1993.........      --            --           --             --
  December 31, 1994..............................      --            --           --             --
  December 31, 1995..............................      --            50,000       --             50,000
  January 1, 1996 to June 30, 1996...............      50,000        --           --             50,000
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   91
 
   
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
    
 
   
                               V-ONE CORPORATION
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                       DESCRIPTION
- -----------    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
   1*          Form of Underwriting Agreement
   3.1         Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of July 2, 1996
   3.2         Amended and Restated Bylaws dated as of June 28, 1996
   3.3*        Certificate of Designation, Preferences, and Rights of Series A Convertible
               Preferred Stock dated April 4, 1996
   3.4*        Certificate of Increase in the Number of Shares of Series A Convertible Preferred
               Stock dated May 21, 1996
   5**         Opinion on Legality
   9.1*        Voting Trust Agreement between Hai Hua Cheng and James F. Chen, Trustee
   9.2*        Voting Trust Agreement between Robert Zupnik and James F. Chen, Trustee
   9.3*        Voting Trust Agreement between Dennis Winson and James F. Chen, Trustee
  10.1*        Employment Agreement between V-ONE and James F. Chen dated as of June 12, 1996
  10.2*        V-ONE 1995 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan
  10.3*        V-ONE 1996 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan
  10.4*        V-ONE 1996 Incentive Stock Plan
  10.5*        Software License Agreement between Trusted Information Systems, Inc. ("TIS") and
               V-ONE executed October 6, 1994
  10.6*        First Amendment to the Software License Agreement between TIS
               and V-ONE
  10.7*        Second Amendment to the Software License Agreement between TIS and V-ONE
  10.8*        Third Amendment to the Software License Agreement between TIS
               and V-ONE
  10.9*        Fourth Amendment to the Software License Agreement between TIS and V-ONE
  10.10*       OEM Master License Agreement between RSA Data Security, Inc. ("RSA") and V-ONE
               dated December 30, 1994 and Amendment Number One to the OEM Master License
               Agreement between RSA and V-ONE
  10.11*       Amendment Number Two to the OEM Master License Agreement between RSA and V-ONE
               and Conversion Agreement dated May 23, 1996
  10.12*       Promissory Note for Hai Hua Cheng with Allonge and Amendment dated June 12, 1996
  10.13*       Form of Exchange and Purchase Agreement dated April 1996
  10.14*       Registration Rights Agreement between V-ONE and JMI Equity Fund II, L.P. ("JMI")
  10.15*       8% Senior Subordinated Note due June 18, 2000 issued by V-ONE to JMI
  10.16*       Warrant to Purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock (now 66,666 shares of Common
               Stock) Issued by V-ONE to JMI
  10.17*       Warrant to Purchase 400,000 shares of Common Stock (now 266,666 shares of Common
               Stock) Issued by V-ONE to JMI
  11           Computation of Primary and Fully Diluted Loss Per Share
  23.1         Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
  23.2**       Consent of Kirkpatrick & Lockhart, LLP
  24           Power of Attorney: see signature page of this registration statement
  27           Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
 * Filed previously.
    
 
   
** To be filed by amendment.
    

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                               V-ONE CORPORATION


         V-ONE Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws
of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

         1.      The name of the Corporation is V-ONE Corporation,  originally
incorporated on October 24, 1994.

         2.      Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware, this Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation.

         3.      The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation is hereby restated and amended to read in its entirety as
follows:

         FIRST.   The name of the Corporation is V-ONE Corporation.

         SECOND.  The registered agent of the Corporation is The
Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,
Wilmington, Delaware  19801, County of New Castle.
                  
         THIRD.   The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or activity for which Corporations may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.

         FOURTH.  The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares
to be designated Common Stock and Preferred Stock, respectively.  The total
number of shares of stock the Corporation shall have authority to issue is
forty-six million six hundred sixty-six thousand six hundred sixty-six
(46,666,666) shares;  thirty-three million three hundred thirty-three thousand
three hundred thirty-three (33,333,333) shares of Common Stock with par value
of $0.001 per share, and thirteen million three hundred thirty-three thousand
three hundred thirty-three (13,333,333) shares of Preferred Stock with par
value of $0.001 per share.

         The Corporation shall from time to time in accordance with the laws of
the State of Delaware increase the authorized amount of its Common Stock if at
any time the number of
<PAGE>   2
shares of Common Stock remaining unissued and available for issuance shall not
be sufficient to permit conversion of the Preferred Stock.

         FIFTH.  The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations
prescribed by law and the provisions of Article Fourth, to provide, by
resolution or resolutions and by filing a certificate pursuant to the
applicable law of the State of Delaware, for the issuance of additional classes
of stock and one or more series of stock within any such class, and the number
of shares to be included in such classes and series, which classes and series
may have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such
powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or
other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof
as shall be stated in such resolution or resolutions and certificate.

         SIXTH.   The names of the directors of the Corporation are James F.
Chen, Charles Chen and H.H. Cheng.  The mailing address for each is
1803 Research Boulevard, Suite 305, Rockville, MD  20850.

         SEVENTH. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

         EIGHTH.  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except
and to the extent provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.

         (a)     The number of directors constituting the entire Board shall be
not less than three nor more than seven as fixed from time to time by vote of a
majority of the entire Board, provided, however, that the number of directors
shall not be reduced so as to shorten the term of any director at the time in
office.

         (b)     The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as
nearly equal in numbers as the then total number of directors constituting the
entire Board permits with the term of office of one class expiring each year.
At the annual meeting of stockholders in 1996, directors of the first class
shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the next succeeding
annual meeting, directors of the second class shall be elected to hold office
for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting and directors of
the third class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the
third succeeding annual meeting.  Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for
any reason, and any directorships resulting from any increase in the number of
directors, shall be filled by the Board of Directors, acting by a majority of
the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so
chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such
directors shall have been chosen and until their successors shall be elected
and qualified.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required
by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall
have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of
the Corporation, the terms of the director or directors elected by such holders
shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders.  Subject to
the foregoing, at each annual meeting of stockholders the successors to the
class of directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office
for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting.





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         (c)     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact
that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, this Certificate of
Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation), any director or the entire
Board of Directors of the Corporation may be removed at any time, but only for
cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one
class) cast at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose.

         NINTH.  The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent now or
hereafter permitted by law, each director, officer employee or agent (including
each former director, officer, employee or agent) of the Corporation who was or
is made a party to or a witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or a
witness in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact
that he is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation, against all
expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements), judgments, fines
(including excise taxes and penalties) and amounts paid in settlement actually
and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding.

         A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director; provided, however, that this provision shall not eliminate
or limit the liability of a director to the extent that such elimination or
limitation of liability is expressly prohibited by the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware as in effect at the time of the alleged breach of
fiduciary duty by such director.

         Any repeal or modification of this Article Ninth by the stockholders
of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing
at the time of such repeal or modification to which any person may be entitled
under this Article Ninth.  The rights conferred by this Article Ninth shall not
be exclusive of any other right which the Corporation may now or hereafter
grant, or any person may have or hereafter acquire, under any statute,
provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.  The rights conferred by
this Article Ninth shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be a
director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the
heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

         For the purposes of this Article Ninth, the term "authorized
representative" shall mean a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation or of any subsidiary of the Corporation, or a trustee, custodian,
administrator, committeeman or fiduciary of any employee benefit plan
established and maintained by the Corporation or by any subsidiary of the
Corporation; or a person who is or was serving another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in any of the foregoing
capacities at the specific written request of the Corporation.





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
         The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, given in person or by proxy, at
a meeting called for the purpose of voting thereon shall be required to amend
or repeal this Article Ninth.

         TENTH.  All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation shall be
vested in and exercised by the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided
by statute, this Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation.
In furtherance and not in limitation of that power, the Board of Directors
shall have the power to make, adopt, alter, amend and repeal from time to time
the bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the right of the stockholders
entitled to vote with respect thereto to adopt, alter, amend and repeal bylaws
made by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the bylaws shall not be
adopted, altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation
except by the vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding
shares of stock entitled to vote upon the election of directors.  The Board of
Directors also shall have the authority to determine whether and to what
extent, and at what times and places, and under what conditions and regulations
the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) shall
be open to inspection by stockholders.  No stockholder shall have any right to
inspect any account, book, or document of the Corporation except to the extent
permitted by statute or the bylaws.

         ELEVENTH.  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change
or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by statue, and all rights conferred upon the
officers, directors and stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

         TWELFTH:

                 (a)  Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.  The
         affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of
         "Voting Stock" (as hereinafter defined) held by stockholders other
         than an "Interested Person" (as hereinafter defined) shall be required
         for the approval or authorization of any "Business Combination" (as
         hereinafter defined) of the Corporation with any Interested Person;
         provided, however, that the 75% voting requirement shall not be
         applicable if:

                          (1)  the "Disinterested Directors" (as hereinafter
                 defined) of the Corporation have expressly approved such
                 Business Combination either in advance of or subsequent to
                 such Interested Person's having become an Interested Person;
                 or

                          (2)  the following requirements are satisfied:  (i)
                 the cash or Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of the
                 property, securities or "Other Consideration" (as hereinafter
                 defined) per share to be received by holders of the Voting
                 Stock of the Corporation in the Business Combination is not
                 less than the "Fair Price" (as hereinafter defined) of such
                 share of Voting Stock of the Corporation; and (ii) the
                 Interested Person shall not have received the benefit,
                 directly or indirectly





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
                 (except proportionately as a stockholder), of any loans,
                 advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or
                 any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the
                 Corporation, whether in anticipation of or in connection with
                 such Business Combination or otherwise; and (iii) a proxy or
                 information statement describing the proposed Business
                 Combination and complying with the requirements of the
                 Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act") and the
                 General Rules and Regulations thereunder shall be mailed to
                 the stockholders of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to
                 the consummation of a Business Combination (whether or not
                 such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed
                 pursuant to the Exchange Act).

                 (b)  Tender for Remaining Shares.  Every Interested Person,
         within 60 days of the date they became an Interested Person, must
         offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of
         the Corporation at the Fair Price of such stock unless a majority of
         the Disinterested Directors have expressly approved in advance the
         transaction through which the Interested Person became an Interested
         Person.  The tender offer must comply with the Exchange Act and
         applicable General Rules and Regulations thereunder, notwithstanding
         that such Act or such Rules and Regulations  may not require such
         compliance.  The expenses of making the tender offer shall be borne in
         whole by the Interested Person.  Consideration due a shareholder who
         tenders a share of the Corporation's capital stock in response to such
         tender offer shall be paid within 60 days of the date on which such
         stock is tendered.

                 (c)  Definitions.  The following definitions shall apply to
         certain words and terms used in this Article TWELFTH:

                          (1)  Business Combination.  The term "Business
                 Combination" means (i) any merger or consolidation of the
                 Corporation or an "Affiliate" (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
                 General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act as in
                 effect at the date of the adoption of this Article TWELFTH by
                 the stockholders of the Corporation) of the Corporation with
                 or into an Interested Person, (ii) any sale, lease, exchange,
                 transfer or other disposition, including without imitation, a
                 mortgage or any other security device, of all or any
                 "Substantial Part" (as hereinafter defined) of the assets
                 either of the Corporation (including without limitation, any
                 voting securities of an Affiliate) or of an Affiliate of the
                 Corporation to an Interested Person, (iii) any merger or
                 consolidation of an Interested Person with or into the
                 Corporation or an Affiliate of the Corporation, (iv) any sale,
                 lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition, including
                 without limitation, a mortgage or other security device, of
                 all or any Substantial Part of the assets of an Interested
                 Person to the Corporation or an Affiliate of the Corporation,
                 (v) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any
                 Affiliate of the Corporation of any securities of the
                 Corporation or of an Affiliate of the Corporation to an
                 Interested Person, (vi) any reclassification of securities,
                 recapitalization, merger or consolidation of the Corporation
                 with any of its





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
                 Affiliates, or other comparable transaction involving the
                 Corporation that would have the effect of increasing the
                 voting power to any Interested Person with respect to Voting
                 Stock of the Corporation, (vii) any plan or proposal for the
                 liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or of an
                 Affiliate of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of an
                 Interested Person, and (viii) any agreement, contract or other
                 arrangement providing for any of the transactions described in
                 this definition of Business Combination.

                          (2)  Interested Person.  The term "Interested Person"
                 means and includes any individual, Corporation, partnership or
                 other person or entity which, together with its Affiliates and
                 "Associates" (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules
                 and Regulations under the Exchange Act as in effect at the
                 date of the adoption of this Article TWELFTH by the
                 stockholders of the Corporation), is the "Beneficial Owner"
                 (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations
                 under the Exchange Act as in effect at the date of the
                 adoption of this Article TWELFTH by the stockholders of the
                 Corporation) of in the aggregate 25 percent or more of the
                 outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, and any
                 Affiliate or Associate of any such individual, Corporation,
                 partnership or other person or entity.  Notwithstanding
                 paragraph three (3) of this section (c), any share of Voting
                 Stock of the Corporation that any Interested Person has the
                 right to acquire at any time (notwithstanding that Rule 13d-3
                 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act
                 deems such shares to be beneficially owned only if such right
                 may be exercised within 60 days) pursuant to any agreement, or
                 upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options or
                 otherwise, shall be deemed to be beneficially owned by the
                 Interested Person and to be outstanding for purposes of this
                 definition.  An Interested Person shall be deemed to have
                 acquired a share of the Voting Stock of the Corporation at the
                 time when such Interested Person became the Beneficial Owner
                 thereof.

                          (3)  Voting Stock.  The term "Voting Stock" means all
                 of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation
                 and any outstanding shares of preferred stock of the
                 Corporation entitled to vote on each matter on which the
                 holders of record of common stock of the Corporation shall be
                 entitled to vote, and each reference to a proportion of shares
                 of Voting Stock shall refer to such proportion of the votes
                 entitled to be cast by such shares voting together as a single
                 class.

                          (4)  Disinterested Director.  The term "Disinterested
                 Director" means a director who is unaffiliated with an
                 Interested Person and who (i) was a member of the Board of
                 Directors of the Corporation immediately prior to the time
                 that the Interested Person involved in a Business Combination
                 became an Interested Person, or (ii) was elected or appointed
                 to fill a vacancy after the date the Interested Person became
                 an Interested Person by a majority of the Disinterested
                 Directors then on the Board of Directors, or (iii) was
                 recommended to succeed





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                 a Disinterested Director by a majority of the Disinterested 
                 Directors then on the Board of Directors.

                          (5)  Fair Price.  The term "Fair Price" means with
                 respect to each class and series of capital stock of the
                 Corporation, the highest of (i) the amount determined by a
                 majority of the Continuing Directors to be the highest per
                 share price or price equivalent paid at any time by the
                 Interested Person for any share or shares of that class and
                 series of capital stock of the Corporation, or (ii) the Fair
                 Market Value of the stock, or, (iii) if applicable, the
                 highest preferential amount per share to which holders of
                 shares of such class or series of capital stock are entitled
                 in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
                 the Corporation.  In determining the Fair Price, all purchases
                 by the Interested Person shall be taken into account
                 regardless of whether the shares were purchased before or
                 after the Interested Person became an Interested Person.
                 Also, the Fair Price includes any brokerage commissions,
                 transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees paid by the
                 Interested Person with respect to the shares of capital stock
                 of the Corporation acquired by the Interested Person.  The
                 Fair Price of capital stock of the Corporation purchased by an
                 Interested Person also includes interest compounded annually
                 from the date an Interested Person became an Interested Person
                 through the date the Business Combination is consummated at
                 the publicly announced prime rate of interest of Citibank,
                 N.A. less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid and
                 the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid in other than cash
                 on each share of capital stock in the same time period, in an
                 amount up to but not exceeding the amount of interest so
                 payable per share of capital stock.  The consideration to be
                 received by holders of a particular class and series of
                 outstanding capital stock shall be, at the option of each
                 stockholder of the Corporation, in cash or in the form of
                 consideration the Interested Person used to acquire the
                 largest number of shares of such class and series of capital
                 stock previously acquired by it.  The price determined in
                 accordance with this paragraph shall be subject to appropriate
                 adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split,
                 combination of shares or similar event.

                          (6)  Fair Market Value.  The term "Fair Market Value"
                 means in the case of securities, the highest closing sale
                 price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date
                 in question of a share of such security on the Composite Tape
                 for New York Stock Exchange Listed Securities, or, if such
                 security is not listed on such exchange, on the principal
                 United States securities exchange registered under the
                 Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such security is
                 listed, or, if such security is not listed on any such
                 exchange, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to
                 such security during the 30- day period preceding the date in
                 question on the National Association of Securities Dealers,
                 Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in use, or
                 if no such quotations are available, the value on the date in
                 question of the security as determined by the Board of
                 Directors in good faith.  The Fair Market Value of property
                 other than





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
                 cash or stock shall be as determined by the Board of Directors
                 in good faith.  In the case of Business Combinations, the Fair
                 Market Value, as determined above, shall be determined with
                 reference to higher of the fair market value on the date the
                 Interested Person became an Interested Person or on the date
                 of the first public announcement of the Business combination.
                 In the case of Tenders for Remaining Shares, the Fair Market
                 Value, as determined above, shall be determined with reference
                 to the higher of the fair market value on the date the
                 Interested Person became an Interested Person or on the last
                 business day before the date upon which the Interested Person
                 makes the tender offer.

                          (7)  Substantial Part.  The term "Substantial Part"
                 means more than 20 percent of the Fair Market Value of the
                 total consolidated assets of the Corporation and its
                 Affiliates taken as a whole as of the end of its most recent
                 fiscal year ended prior to the date the termination is being
                 made.

                          (8)  Other Consideration.  The term "Other
                 Consideration" includes, without limitation, common stock or
                 other capital stock of the Corporation retained by its
                 existing stockholders other than Interested Persons or other
                 parties to such Business Combination in the event of a
                 Business Combination in which the Corporation is the surviving
                 Corporation.

                 (d)  Fiduciary Obligations of Interested Persons.  Nothing
         contained in this Article TWELFTH shall be construed to relieve any
         Interested Person from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

                 (e)  Determinations by the Disinterested Directors.  In making
         any determinations, the Disinterested Directors may, at the expense of
         the Corporation, engage such persons, including investment banking
         firms and the independent accountants who have reported on the  most
         recent financial statements of the Corporation, and utilize employees
         and agents of the Corporation, who will, in the judgment of the
         Disinterested Directors, be of assistance to the Disinterested
         Directors.  Any determinations made by the Disinterested Directors,
         acting in good faith on the basis of such information and assistance
         as was then reasonably available for such purposes, shall be
         conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders,
         including any Interested Person.

                 (f)  Amendments to the Article.  Notwithstanding any other
         provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the
         Corporation and notwithstanding that absent this provision, a lesser
         percentage may be sufficient under applicable law, the affirmative
         vote of not less than 75% of the Voting Stock held by stockholders
         other than an Interested Person shall be required to amend, repeal or
         adopt any provisions inconsistent with this Article TWELFTH.





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation has been signed under the seal of the Corporation this 10th day
of January, 1996.

                                                   V-ONE CORPORATION


                                           /s/ James F. Chen                   
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           James F. Chen, President

[Seal]

Attest:



/s/ Charles Chen                
- --------------------------------
Charles Chen, Secretary





                                      -9-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2
                          AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

                                       OF

                  VIRTUAL OPEN NETWORK ENVIRONMENT CORPORATION

                              AS OF JUNE 28, 1996


                                   ARTICLE I.

                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS


         Section 1.1      Places of Meetings. All meetings of the shareholders
shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as
from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

         Section 1.2      Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the
shareholders for the election of Directors and transaction of such other
business as may come before the meeting shall be held at such date and time as
shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in
the notice of the meeting.  Unless otherwise designated by the Board of
Directors, the annual meeting shall be held on the first Friday of the month of
June.

         Section 1.3      Special Meetings.  A special meeting of the
shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the
President or the Chairman of the Board or a majority of the Board of Directors
as prescribed by statute.

         Section 1.4      Notice of Meetings.  Written notice of all meetings
shall be given, stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting and stating
the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list
of stockholders of the Corporation may be examined.  The notice of a meeting
shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called.  If any action is proposed to be taken which would, if taken, entitle
stockholders to receive payment for their shares of stock, the notice shall
include a statement of that purpose and to that effect.  Except as otherwise
provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, a copy of the
notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by telex, telefax,
telephone, telegraph or postal mail, not less than ten days nor more than sixty
days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period
of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at his record
address or at such other address which he/she may have furnished by request in
writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to
be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the U.S.
<PAGE>   2
mail.  If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty days
hence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time
and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice
of the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who
submits a written waiver of notice by him/her before or after the time stated
therein.  Attendance of a person at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute
a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a
meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting,
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called
or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

         Section 1.5      Quorum.  Any number of shareholders together holding
at least a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote with
respect to the business to be transacted, who shall be present in person or
represented by proxy at any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business.  If less than quorum shall be in attendance at the
time for which a meeting shall have been called, the meeting may be adjourned
from time to time by a majority of the shareholders present or represented by
proxy without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

         Section 1.6      Proxies and Voting.  Each shareholder shall, at every
meeting of the shareholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for
each share of capital stock having voting power held by such shareholder as of
the record date set for the meeting.  All action requiring the approval of the
shareholders shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where
the General Corporation Laws of the State of Delaware prescribes a different
percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power.  A proxy shall
be authorized by an instrument in writing, dated and signed by the shareholder
entitled to vote or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.  The original or a
facsimile of the proxy shall be filed with the Secretary.  All voting may be
taken either by voice vote or by written ballots, except where otherwise
required by law.  No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date,
unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

         Section 1.7      Inspectors and Judges.  The person presiding at any
meeting of shareholders may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors or
judges.  Each inspector or judge, if any, before entering upon the discharge of
his/her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of
inspector or judge at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to
the best of his/her ability.  The inspectors or judges, if any, shall determine
the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the
shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the
validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
hear and determine all challenges and





                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   3
questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all
votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are
proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.  On
request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors or
judge or judges, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge,
question or matter determined by him/her or them and execute a certificate of
any fact found by him/her or them.

         Section 1.8      Written Consent.  Any action required or permitted by
law to be taken at a shareholders' meeting may be taken without a meeting,
without action by the Board of Directors, without prior notice, and without a
vote, if consents in writing setting forth the action are signed by all
shareholders entitled to vote upon the action.  Written consents, in order to
be valid, must be delivered by postal mail or telefax to the Secretary of the
Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing in the corporate minutes.
Every written consent shall bear the signature of each shareholder who makes
the consent and the date upon which the consent was signed.


                                  ARTICLE II.

                                   DIRECTORS


         Section 2.1      Powers of Directors.  The business and affairs of the
Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of
Directors, which shall exercise all powers of the Corporation, except as
otherwise expressly provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these
Bylaws.

         Section 2.2      Number of Directors.  The number of Directors which
shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be not more than seven.  The
first Board of Directors shall consist of the following three Directors:  James
F. Chen, Charles Chen, and H.H. Cheng.  Thereafter, within the limits specified
above, the number of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board
of Directors at the annual meeting.

         Section 2.3      Election of Directors.  Directors shall be elected at
each annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those Directors whose terms have
expired and to fill any vacancies then existing.  Directors shall hold their
offices for terms of one year and until their successors are elected on a
staggered basis as provided for in the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.

         Section 2.4      Advance Notice of Nomination of Directors.  Unless a
Director is nominated by a member of the Board of Directors, no person shall be
nominated or elected as a Director





                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   4
unless the Board receives written notice of his nomination not less than 120
calendar days in advance of the anniversary date of the Corporation's previous
year's annual meeting of stockholders.

         Section 2.5      Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies.  Newly
created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of
Directors shall be filled by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office
and shall be distributed among the three classes of Directors so that, as
nearly as possible, each class will consist of an equal number of Directors.
Vacancies in the Board of Directors however occurring shall be filled by a
majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a
sole remaining Director.  A Director chosen to fill a vacancy shall have the
same term as that Director's predecessor.

         Section 2.6      Removal and Resignation of Directors.  Directors may
be removed from office only for cause at a meeting called expressly for that
purpose by the vote of shareholders holding not less than 67% of the shares
entitled to vote at an election of Directors or by a vote of a majority of the
Directors.  Directors may resign at any time upon written notice to the
Corporation.  Such resignation shall become effective upon receipt and need not
be accepted by the Board to become effective.


                                  ARTICLE III.

                          BOARD OF DIRECTORS' MEETINGS


         Section 3.1      Regular Meetings.  The first meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of
the shareholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be
necessary to the newly elected Directors in order legally to constitute the
meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or it may convene at such place
and time as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the Directors.
Thereafter regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such
time and place as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine.  No
notice shall be required for any such regular meetings.

         Section 3.2      Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of
Directors, or the reconvening of any regular meeting, may be called by
one-third of the Directors then in office, or by the President or Chairman of
the Board, by giving:  (1) no less than one day's actual notice to each
Director by oral communication, computer e-mail, telegram, telefax or telex; or
(2) no less than 10 days' notice to each Director by registered letter.





                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   5
         Section 3.3      Participation in Meetings by Telephone.  Members of
the Board of Directors, or any Committee thereof, may participate in meetings
by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means
of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and be
heard.

         Section 3.4      Unanimous Written Consent.  Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any
Committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the
Board of Directors or Committee consent thereto in writing and the writing is
filed in the minute book of the Corporation.

         Section 3.5      Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided in these
Bylaws, a majority of the Directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the Directors present at
any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of
Directors.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those
Directors present may adjourn and reconvene the meeting at another place, date,
or time, without further notice other than an announcement at the originally
scheduled meeting.

         Section 3.6      Conduct of Business.  The Board of Directors shall
have the authority to make, and from time to time to alter, amend and
supplement, rules of conduct for its own meetings.  Any Director shall have the
right to put any item on the agenda of any meeting of the Board of Directors.


                                  ARTICLE IV.

                                   COMMITTEES


         Section 4.1      Establishment.  The Board of Directors, by resolution
adopted by a majority of the number of Directors fixed by these Bylaws, may
establish such Committees of the Board as it may deem advisable, consisting of
not less than two Directors; and the members, terms and authority of such
Committees shall be as set forth in the resolutions establishing the same;
provided, however, no Committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power
to (1) amend the Certificate of Incorporation; (2) adopt an agreement of merger
or consolidation; (3) recommend to the shareholders the sale, lease or exchange
of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets; (4) recommend to the
shareholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution;
(5) amend the Bylaws of the Corporation; (6) declare a dividend; (7) authorize
the issuance of stock; (8) change the number of Directors or fill a vacancy in
the Board of Directors or in any Committee; or (9) perform any other function
prohibited by law.  Persons who are not directors may attend and participate in





                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   6
Committee meetings in an advisory capacity at the invitation of the Committee,
but they may not vote.


         The Board of Directors may establish rules and regulations for the
conduct of the proceedings of any Committee and may appoint the chairman of the
Committee and a secretary of the Committee.  To the extent that the Board of
Directors does not exercise these powers of appointment, they may be exercised
by the Committee, subject to the power of the Board of Directors to change the
Committee's action.  Each Committee may be terminated at the will of the Board
of Directors.

         Section 4.2      Meetings.  Regular and special meetings of any
Committee established pursuant to this Article may be called and held subject
to the same requirements with respect to time, place and notice as are
specified in these Bylaws for regular and special meetings of the Board of
Directors.

         Section 4.3      Quorum and Manner of Acting.  A majority of the
members of any Committee serving at the time of any meeting thereof shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting.  The
action of a majority of those members present at a Committee meeting at which a
quorum is present shall constitute the act of the Committee.

         Section 4.4      Term of Office.  Members of any Committee shall be
elected as above provided and shall hold office so long as they serve as
Directors or until their successors are elected by the Board of Directors or
until such Committee is dissolved by the Board of Directors.

         Section 4.5      Resignation and Removal.  Any member of a Committee
may resign at any time by giving written notice of the member's intention to do
so to the President, the Chairman of the Board or the Secretary of the
Corporation, or may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by such vote
of the Board of Directors as would suffice for the member's election.

         Section 4.6      Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring in a Committee
resulting from any cause whatever may be filled by a majority of the number of
Directors fixed by these Bylaws or by a majority of the remaining Committee
members.


                                   ARTICLE V.

                                    OFFICERS


         Section 5.1      General.  The executive officers of the Corporation
shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be





                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   7
a Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Treasurer,
a Secretary, and such Vice-Presidents as the Board of Directors may from time
to time determine.  Other offices may be established by the Board of Directors
from time to time.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.  Any
number of offices may be left temporarily vacant at the option of the Board of
Directors.  The officers of the Corporation shall be reaffirmed or replaced at
the first meeting of the Board of Directors subsequent to each annual meeting
of shareholders, unless the Board of Directors determines, upon appointing an
officer, that he/she shall serve for a different term.  All executive officers
have a right to act as a second signatory on contracts when such a second
signature is required by law.

         Section 5.2      Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.
The Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all
meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors, shall see that all
orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect, and
shall have general active management of the business of the Corporation.
Except where, by law, the signature of the President is required, the Chairman
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer shall possess the same power as the
President to sign all certificates, contracts, and other instruments of the
Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors.

         Section 5.3      President.  The President, in the absence of the
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, shall  preside at all
meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, shall have general
and active management of the business of the Corporation, and shall see that
all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.
The President shall have authority to sign all stock certificates, contracts
and other instruments of the Corporation, and to affix the seal of the
Corporation to such documents.  The President has the authority to delegate
portions of his power to one or more Vice Presidents.  The President shall
perform such other functions as the Board of Directors may from time to time
require.

         Section 5.4      Chief Operating Officer.  The Chief Operating Officer
shall perform such functions as the Board of Directors may from time to time
require.

         Section 5.5      Executive Vice President and Vice President.  In the
absence of the President, an Executive Vice President or a Vice President (as
one or more may be appointed by the Board of Directors; or in the absence of
such delegation appointed by the President) shall perform the duties of the
President.  The Vice Presidents shall not have the power to sign stock
certificates, contracts or other instruments of the Corporation, nor to affix
the seal of the Corporation to such documents, unless authorized to do





                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>   8
so by the President.  The Vice Presidents shall perform such other functions as
the Board of Directors may from time to time require.

         Section 5.6      Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have responsibility
for the Corporation's funds and for keeping full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation.  The
Treasurer shall deposit, or authorize deposit of, all moneys and other valuable
effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories
as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

         The Treasurer shall disburse, or authorize disbursements of, the funds
of the Corporation as necessary and proper for the operation of the
Corporation, taking proper receipts for such disbursements; provided, however,
that the Board of Directors shall, from time to time, set a maximum expenditure
amount, and disbursement of sums over and above such amount shall require a
resolution of the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer may authorize another
officer of the Corporation or an accountant retained by the Corporation to
disburse sums of the Corporation necessary and proper for the daily operating
expenses of the Corporation, up to a maximum amount which the Treasurer shall
set from time to time, which will not exceed any maximum expenditure amount set
by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall not be required to be bonded.

         The Treasurer shall, when required, render to the President or the
Board of Directors an account of the transactions and of the financial
condition of the Corporation.  The accounting of the Corporation shall be
maintained according to generally accepted accounting principles.  The
Treasurer shall have the authority to retain, from time to time, an attorney or
accountant to review the accounts, prepare the tax returns of the Corporation,
and perform such other services as may be necessary and proper to maintain the
financial records of the Corporation.

         The Treasurer shall perform such other functions as the Board of
Directors may from time to time require.

         Section 5.6      Secretary.  The Secretary shall issue all authorized
notices for, and shall prepare and maintain custody of the minutes of, all
meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors.  The Secretary shall
have charge of the corporate books.  The Secretary shall have custody of the
seal of the Corporation and shall have authority to affix the seal to any
instrument requiring it and to attest to the authenticity of that seal by the
Secretary's signature.  The Secretary shall authenticate records of the
Corporation.  The Secretary shall sign all stock certificates. The Secretary
shall perform such other functions as the Board of Directors may from time to
time require.





                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>   9
         Section 5.7      Delegation of Authority.  The Board of Directors may,
from time to time, delegate the powers and duties of any executive officer to
any other executive officer, and may designate the powers of non-executive
officers to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding the provisions
hereof.

         Section 5.8      Compensation.  The salaries of all officers and
agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or set forth
in employment agreements or other compensation arrangements approved by the
Board.

         Section 5.9      Removal.  Any officer may be removed at any time,
with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.



                                  ARTICLE VI.

         INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, AGENTS, AND EMPLOYEES


         Section 6.1      Right to Indemnification.  Each person who was or is
made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a
"proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he/she is or was a Director, officer,
agent, or employee of the Corporation shall be indemnified and held harmless by
the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended,
against any expenses, (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection therewith.  Notwithstanding the above, no Director shall be
indemnified nor held harmless in violation of the provisions set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation; and no Director, officer, agent, or employee
shall be indemnified nor held harmless by the Corporation unless:

                 (1)      In the case of conduct in his/her official capacity
         with the Corporation, he/she acted in good faith and in a manner
         he/she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the
         Corporation;

                 (2)      In all other cases, his/her conduct was at least not
         opposed to the best interests of the Corporation nor in violation of
         the Certificate, Bylaws or any agreement entered into by the
         Corporation; and

                 (3)      In the case of any criminal proceeding, he/she had no
         reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful.





                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>   10
         Section 6.2      Right to Advancement of Expenses.  The right to
indemnification conferred in Section 6.1 of this Article shall include the
right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such
proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that such an
advancement of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of
(1) a statement of his/her good faith belief that he/she has met the standard
of conduct described in Section 6.1; and (2) an undertaking by or on behalf of
the indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be
determined by final judicial decision that he/she is not entitled to be
indemnified for such expenses.

         Section 6.3      Determination and Authorization to Indemnify.  The
Corporation may not indemnify a Director under Section 6.1 unless authorized
after a determination has been made that indemnification of the Director is
permissible in the circumstances because he/she has met the standard of conduct
in Section 6.1.  This determination shall be made by the Board of Directors by
a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors not at the time parties to
the proceeding.

         Section 6.4      Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The rights to
indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article
shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or
hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation's Certificate of
Incorporation, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested Directors, or
otherwise.

         Section 6.5      Insurance.  The Corporation may maintain insurance,
at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, officer, employee or agent
of the Corporation against any expense, liability or loss.


                                  ARTICLE VII.

                                     STOCK


         Section 7.1      Issuance.  The Corporation may issue shares of
capital stock of any class or series now or hereafter authorized in the
Certificate of Incorporation, in accordance with the authority granted by a
Board of Directors resolution.

         Section 7.2.     Stock Certificates.  Each shareholder shall be
entitled to a certificate signed in the name of the Corporation by the
President and by the Secretary, and affixed with the seal of the Corporation.
The Treasurer may sign in lieu of the Secretary.  Signatures on the certificate
may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such
officer before





                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>   11
such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same
effect as if he/she were such officer at the date of its issue.

         Section 7.3      Transfer of Stock.  Transfer of stock may be made
only on the transfer ledger of the Corporation kept at an office of the
Corporation or in the possession of the Secretary or the corporate transfer
agent.  Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the
Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper
evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the
duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

         Section 7.4      Record Date.  In order that the Corporation may
determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
shareholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock, the Board of Directors may fix a record date.
Such record date shall not precede the date on which the Board of Directors'
resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and shall not be more than 70
days prior to the meeting or such other action as above described.

         If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors for determination
of who is entitled to vote or receive notice of a shareholders' meeting, the
record date shall be at the close of business on the day preceding the day on
which notice is given; or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the
day preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  If no record date is set
for determining shareholders entitled to receive a dividend or other
distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights in respect to any
change, conversion or exchange of stock, the record date shall be at the close
of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution
relating thereto.

         When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting
of shareholders has been made as provided in this Section, such determination
shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of Directors fixes a
new record date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more
than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

         In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled
to consent in writing to corporate action taken without a meeting, the Board of
Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede and shall not be more
than ten days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is
adopted.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, and the
Board of Directors is not required by law to take some action prior to





                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>   12
the action for which written consent is sought, the record date shall be the
first date on which a signed written consent is properly delivered to the
Corporation.  If no record date had been fixed by the Board of Directors and
the Board of Directors is required by law to take some action prior to the
action for which written consent is sought, the record date shall be the close
of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution
taking such prior action.

         Section 7.5      Replacement Certificates.  New stock certificates may
be issued to replace certificates lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated, upon
such terms and conditions, including proof of loss or destruction and the
giving of a satisfactory bond of indemnity, as the Board of Directors may from
time to time determine.

         Section 7.6      Holders of Record.  The Corporation shall be entitled
to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of capital stock as the
holder and owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim of right, title, or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation
shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by
law.

         Section 7.7      Regulations.  The issue, transfer, conversion and
registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other
regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.


                                 ARTICLE VIII.

                              LIST OF SHAREHOLDERS


         The officer or agent having charge of the transfer books for shares
shall make, at least ten days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete
list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged by voting
group and within each voting group by class or series of shares, with the
address of each and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period
of ten days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal
business office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any
shareholder at any time during usual business hours.  Such list shall also be
produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be
subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the
meeting.  The original share transfer book, or a duplicate thereof, shall be
prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such
list or share transfer book or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders.





                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>   13
                                  ARTICLE IX.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS


         Section 9.1      Dividends.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the
Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special
meeting, pursuant to law.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in
shares of capital stock.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set
aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or
sums as the Board of Directors in its absolute discretion, from time to time,
believes is proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or equalize
dividends, or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors determines is
conducive to the interests of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may at
any time modify or abolish any such reserve fund.

         Section 9.2      Annual Statement.  The Board of Directors shall
present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the shareholders
when called for by vote of the shareholders, a full and clear statement of the
business and condition of the Corporation.

         Section 9.3      Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation
shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time.

         Section 9.4      Checks.  All checks or demands for money and notes of
the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other
person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

         Section 9.5      Seal.  The Corporate seal shall have inscribed
thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words
"Corporate Seal, Delaware."  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile
thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.

         Section 9.6      Amendments.  These Bylaws may be altered, amended,
repealed, or replaced by new Bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of
Directors unless the Certificate of Incorporation or law reserve this power to
the shareholders.

         I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy
of the Bylaws of Virtual Open Network Environment Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, as in effect on the date hereof.





                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>   14
         WITNESS my hand and the seal of the Corporation.





Dated:  June 28, 1996                      By: /s/ Charles Chen         
                                               -------------------------
                                               Charles Chen, Secretary



 (SEAL)





                                     - 14 -

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 11.01

                               V-ONE CORPORATION

                     COMPUTATION OF PRIMARY LOSS PER SHARE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                For the         
                                                 period         
                                              February 16,      
                                             1993 (date of                Year Ended                         Six Months Ended
                                             inception) to               December 31,                           June 30,      
                                              December 31,           --------------------                 --------------------
                                                                
                                                  1993               1994           1995                  1995            1996 
                                                 ------             ------         ------                ------          ------
                                                                                                       (Unaudited)
 <S>                                            <C>                <C>            <C>                     <C>           <C>
 Net (loss)                                      (35,864)          (406,288)      (1,032,311)             (213,427)     (2,660,218)
                                                                
 Weighted average common shares                                 
 outstanding                                    4,843,835          6,668,761        8,308,414             7,977,395       8,694,540
                                                                
 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock                -                  -               -                     -             270,211

 Stock options issued within one year                           
 of initial filing (using the treasury                          
 stock method and the anticipated                               
 public offering price of $9.00 per                                                                                                
 share)                                           527,675            617,312          617,312               617,312         617,312
                                               ----------        -----------      -----------           -----------     -----------
 Weighted average number of common                              
 shares outstanding                             5,371,510          7,286,073        8,925,726             8,594,707       9,582,063
                                               ==========         ==========      ===========           ===========     ===========
 Net (loss) income per common share and                         
 common share equivalent                            (.01)              (.06)            (.12)                 (.02)           (.28)
                                               ==========         ==========      ===========           ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   2
                                                                   EXHIBIT 11.01

                               V-ONE CORPORATION

                  COMPUTATION OF FULLY DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            For the period
                                             February 16,
                                            1993 (date of
                                            inception) to                  Year Ended                        Six Months Ended
                                             December 31,                 December 31,                           June 30,      
                                                                     --------------------                  --------------------
                                           
                                                 1993                 1994           1995                  1995            1996 
                                                ------               ------         ------                ------          ------
                                                                                                       (Unaudited)
 <S>                                           <C>                  <C>            <C>                    <C>            <C>
 Net (loss)                                     (35,864)            (406,288)      (1,032,311)            (213,427)      (2,660,218)
                                           
 Weighted average common shares            
 outstanding                                   4,843,835            6,668,761        8,325,795            7,977,395        8,700,641
                                           
 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock                -                   -                -                    -             270,211

 Stock options issued within one year      
 of initial filing (using the treasury     
 stock method and the anticipated          
 public offering price of $9.00 per                                                                                                 
 share)                                          527,675              617,312          617,312              617,312          617,312
                                              ----------          -----------      -----------          -----------      -----------
 Weighted average number of common         
 shares outstanding                            5,371,510            7,286,073        8,943,107            8,594,707        9,588,164
                                              ==========           ==========      ===========          ===========      ===========
 Net (loss) income per common share        
 and common share equivalent                       (.01)                (.06)            (.12)                (.02)            (.28)
                                              ==========           ==========      ===========          ===========      ===========
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1



                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


     We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
our report dated July 12, 1996, on our audits of the balance sheets of V-ONE
Corporation ("the Company"), as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and June 30,
1996, and the related statements of operations, shareholders' equity (deficit)
and cash flows for the period from February 16, 1993 (date of inception) to
December 31, 1993 and for each of the two years in the period ended December
31, 1995, and the six month period ended June 30, 1996 and the related
financial statement schedule.  We also consent to the references to our firm
under the caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.





                                        Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.


Washington, D.C.
July 18, 1996


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
COMPANY'S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THE ACCOMPANYING REGISTRATION
STATEMENT AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995             JUN-30-1996
<PERIOD-START>                              JAN-1-1995              JAN-1-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995             JUN-30-1996
<CASH>                                           1,328                   2,501
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                      266                   1,728
<ALLOWANCES>                                      (23)                   (173)
<INVENTORY>                                        258                     303
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 1,842                   4,456
<PP&E>                                             234                     480
<DEPRECIATION>                                    (35)                    (67)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   2,051                   5,445
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            2,011                   3,273
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                   3,560
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                            12                       8
<OTHER-SE>                                       (152)                 (1,583)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     2,051                   5,445
<SALES>                                          1,104                   2,376
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 1,104                   2,376
<CGS>                                              377                     910
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    1,697                   4,799
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  62                   (238)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (1,032)                 (2,660)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (1,032)                 (2,660)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (1,032)                 (2,660)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.08)                  (0.28)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.08)                  (0.28)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission